2001 Mercedes-Benz C Class Owner's Manual
Year:
2001
Make:
Mercedes-Benz
Model:
C Class
Rating:
Table of Contents
Jacket - <GRAPHIK>
1
Cover - <GRAPHIK>
1
Graphic - <GRAPHIK>
1
Graphic - <GRAPHIK>
1
Title -
1
CapLetter -
1
Intro - <GRAPHIK>
2
Para - <GRAPHIK>
2
Para - C\x11240 C\x11320
2
Para - Our company and staff congratulate you on the purchase of your new Mercedes-Benz.
3
Para - Your selection of our product is a demonstration of your trust in our company name. Furthe...
3
Para - Your Mercedes-Benz represents the efforts of many skilled engineers and craftsmen. To ensu...
3
ItemizedList - • Please read this manual carefully before putting it aside. Then return it to you...
3
Item - • Please read this manual carefully before putting it aside. Then return it to your vehicl...
3
Item - • Please abide by the recommendations contained in this manual. They are designed to acqua...
3
Item - • Please abide by the warnings and cautions contained in this manual. They are designed to...
3
Para - We extend our best wishes for many miles of safe, pleasurable driving.
3
Para - Daimler
3
ToC - Introduction
4
Title - Introduction
4
ToCEntry - Product information 1
4
ToCEntry - Operator’s manual 2
4
ToCEntry - Where to find it 7
4
ToCEntry - Reporting Safety Defects 9
4
Title - Instruments and controls
4
ToCEntry - Instruments and controls 12
4
ToCEntry - Door control panel 14
4
ToCSubEntry - Door control panel 14
4
ToCSubEntry - Overhead control panel 15
4
ToCSubEntry - Dashboard 16
4
ToCSubEntry - Center console 18
4
Title - Operation
4
ToCEntry - Vehicle keys 22
4
ToCEntry - Start lock-out 24
4
ToCEntry - General notes on the central locking system 24
4
ToCEntry - Central locking system 25
4
ToCEntry - Radio frequency and infrared remote control 25
4
ToCSubEntry - Radio frequency and infrared remote control 25
4
ToCSubEntry - Locking and unlocking 27
4
ToCSubEntry - Choosing global or selective mode on remote control 27
4
ToCSubEntry - Opening the trunk 28
4
ToCSubEntry - Opening and closing windows and sliding / pop-up roof from outside 29
4
ToCSubEntry - Panic button 30
4
ToCSubEntry - Mechanical keys 30
4
ToCEntry - Doors 31
4
ToCEntry - Central locking switch 33
4
ToCEntry - Automatic central locking 34
4
ToCEntry - Emergency unlocking in case of accident 34
4
ToCEntry - Trunk 35
4
ToCEntry - Trunk lid release switch 37
4
ToCEntry - Antitheft alarm system 38
4
ToCEntry - Tow-away alarm 39
4
ToCEntry - Easy-entry/exit feature 41
4
ToCEntry - Front seat adjustment 42
4
ToCEntry - Removal and installation of front seat head restraints 47
4
ToCEntry - Multicontour seat 49
4
ToCEntry - Heated seats 50
4
ToCEntry - Rear seat head restraints 52
4
ToCEntry - Seat belts and integrated restraint system 55
4
ToCEntry - Seat belts 55
4
ToCEntry - Seat belt nonusage warning system 56
4
ToCEntry - BabySmart
4
ToCEntry - Supplemental Restraint System (SRS) 63
4
ToCEntry - Emergency tensioning retractor (ETR) 64
4
ToCEntry - Airbags 65
4
ToCEntry - Safety guidelines for the seat belt, emergency tensioning retractor and airbag 72
4
ToCEntry - Infant and child restraint systems 73
4
ToCEntry - Steering wheel adjustment (manual) 77
4
ToCEntry - Steering wheel adjustment (electrical) 79
4
ToCEntry - Rear view mirrors 80
4
ToCEntry - Instrument cluster 88
4
ToCEntry - Multifunction steering wheel, multifunction display 92
4
ToCEntry - Trip and main odometer, FSS, coolant temperature, vehicle speed, engine oil level indi...
5
ToCEntry - Audio systems 98
5
ToCEntry - Radio 98
5
ToCSubEntry - Radio 98
5
ToCSubEntry - CD player 99
5
ToCSubEntry - Cassette player 100
5
ToCEntry - Telephone 101
5
ToCEntry - Navigation system 106
5
ToCEntry - Trip computer 107
5
ToCEntry - Malfunction/warning message memory 109
5
ToCEntry - Individual settings 111
5
ToCEntry - Setting the audio volume 123
5
ToCEntry - Coolant temperature gauge 124
5
ToCEntry - Flexible service system (FSS) 125
5
ToCEntry - Engine oil level indicator 128
5
ToCEntry - Engine oil consumption 129
5
ToCEntry - Exterior lamp switch 130
5
ToCEntry - Headlamp mode 131
5
ToCEntry - Night security illumination 132
5
ToCEntry - Locator lighting 133
5
ToCSubEntry - Locator lighting 133
5
ToCEntry - Headlamp cleaning system 133
5
ToCEntry - Combination switch 134
5
ToCEntry - Hazard warning flasher switch 137
5
ToCEntry - Climate control 138
5
ToCEntry - Automatic climate control 146
5
ToCEntry - Front center console storage compartment ventilation 158
5
ToCEntry - Rear passenger compartment adjustable air outlets 159
5
ToCEntry - Operation Audio and telephone 160
5
ToCEntry - Operating safety 160
5
ToCEntry - Operating and display elements 161
5
ToCEntry - Button and soft key operation 163
5
ToCEntry - Operation 163
5
ToCEntry - Power windows 184
5
ToCEntry - Sliding/pop-up roof 187
5
ToCEntry - Interior lighting 189
5
ToCEntry - Rear window sunshade 191
5
ToCEntry - Sun visors 192
5
ToCEntry - Vanity mirrors 192
5
ToCEntry - Interior 193
5
ToCEntry - Storage compartments and armrests 193
5
ToCEntry - Glove box 194
5
ToCSubEntry - Glove box 194
5
ToCEntry - Cup holder 197
5
ToCEntry - Ashtrays 199
5
ToCEntry - Lighter 201
5
ToCEntry - Parcel net in front passenger footwell 202
5
ToCEntry - Ski sack 202
5
ToCEntry - Enlarged cargo area 207
5
ToCEntry - Split folding rear seat bench 207
5
ToCEntry - Loading instructions (vehicle with enlarged cargo area) 209
5
ToCEntry - Cellular telephone 210
5
ToCEntry - Telephone, general 211
5
ToCEntry - Garage door opener 212
5
Title - Driving
6
ToCEntry - Control and operation of radio transmitters 218
6
ToCEntry - The first 1 000 miles (1 500 km) 219
6
ToCEntry - Maintenance 219
6
ToCEntry - Tele Aid 220
6
ToCEntry - Catalytic converter 228
6
ToCEntry - Emission control 229
6
ToCEntry - Starter switch 230
6
ToCEntry - Starting and turning off the engine 232
6
ToCEntry - Manual transmission 233
6
ToCEntry - Automatic transmission 234
6
ToCEntry - Parking brake 243
6
ToCEntry - Driving instructions 244
6
ToCEntry - Drive sensibly – Save Fuel 244
6
ToCSubEntry - Drive sensibly – Save Fuel 244
6
ToCSubEntry - Drinking and driving 244
6
ToCSubEntry - Pedals 244
6
ToCSubEntry - Power assistance 245
6
ToCSubEntry - Brakes 245
6
ToCSubEntry - Driving off 246
6
ToCSubEntry - Parking 246
6
ToCSubEntry - Tires 247
6
ToCSubEntry - Snow chains 250
6
ToCSubEntry - Winter driving instructions 250
6
ToCSubEntry - Deep water 252
6
ToCSubEntry - Passenger compartment 253
6
ToCSubEntry - Traveling abroad 253
6
ToCEntry - Cruise control 254
6
ToCEntry - Brake assist system (BAS) 257
6
ToCEntry - Antilock brake system (ABS) 258
6
ToCEntry - Electronic stability program (ESP) 260
6
ToCEntry - What you should know at the gas station 264
6
ToCEntry - Check regularly and before a long trip 266
6
Title - Instrument cluster display
6
ToCEntry - Malfunction and indicator lamps in the instrument cluster 268
6
ToCEntry - On-board diagnostic system 268
6
ToCEntry - Check engine malfunction indicator lamp 268
6
ToCSubEntry - Check engine malfunction indicator lamp 268
6
ToCSubEntry - Brake warning lamp 270
6
ToCSubEntry - Supplemental restraint system (SRS) indicator lamp 271
6
ToCSubEntry - Fuel reserve warning 271
6
ToCSubEntry - ABS malfunction indicator lamp 272
6
ToCSubEntry - Electronic stability program (ESP) — warning lamp 273
6
ToCEntry - Seat belt nonusage warning lamp 273
6
ToCEntry - Malfunction and indicator lamp in the center console 273
6
ToCEntry - AIRBAG OFF indicator lamp 273
6
ToCSubEntry - AIRBAG OFF indicator lamp 273
6
ToCEntry - Malfunction and warning messages in the multifunction display 274
7
ToCEntry - DISPLAY DEFECTIVE 275
7
ToCSubEntry - DISPLAY DEFECTIVE 275
7
ToCSubEntry - BATTERY / ALTERNATOR 276
7
ToCSubEntry - ANTILOCK BRAKE SYSTEM 277
7
ToCSubEntry - BRAKE ASSIST 277
7
ToCSubEntry - BRAKE LINING WEAR 278
7
ToCSubEntry - BRAKE FLUID 278
7
ToCSubEntry - PARKING BRAKE 279
7
ToCSubEntry - SEAT BELT SYSTEM 279
7
ToCSubEntry - ELEC. STABIL. PROG. (Electronic stability program) 280
7
ToCSubEntry - COOLANT (coolant level) 281
7
ToCSubEntry - COOLANT (coolant temperature) 282
7
ToCSubEntry - ENGINE OIL LEVEL 283
7
ToCSubEntry - LIGHTING SYSTEM 284
7
ToCSubEntry - LIGHT SENSOR 286
7
ToCSubEntry - DOOR 286
7
ToCSubEntry - TRUNK OPEN 287
7
ToCSubEntry - HOOD 287
7
ToCSubEntry - TELEPHONE – FUNCTION 288
7
ToCSubEntry - TELE AID 288
7
ToCSubEntry - WASHER FLUID 289
7
ToCSubEntry - RESTRAINT SYSTEM 290
7
ToCSubEntry - KEY 290
7
ToCSubEntry - FUEL RESERVE 291
7
ToCSubEntry - UNDERVOLTAGE 291
7
ToCSubEntry - STEER. WHEEL ADJUST. 292
7
ToCSubEntry - ENTRANCE POSITION 292
7
Title - Practical hints
7
ToCEntry - First aid kit 294
7
ToCEntry - Stowing things in the vehicle 294
7
ToCEntry - Fuses 295
7
ToCEntry - Hood 297
7
ToCEntry - Checking engine oil level 300
7
ToCEntry - Automatic transmission fluid level 301
7
ToCEntry - Coolant level 301
7
ToCEntry - Adding coolant 302
7
ToCSubEntry - Adding coolant 302
7
ToCEntry - Windshield and headlamp washer system 302
7
ToCEntry - Spare wheel, vehicle tools, storage compartment 304
7
ToCEntry - Vehicle jack 305
7
ToCEntry - Wheels 306
8
ToCEntry - Tire replacement 306
8
ToCSubEntry - Tire replacement 306
8
ToCSubEntry - Rotating wheels 307
8
ToCEntry - Spare wheel 308
8
ToCEntry - Changing wheels 309
8
ToCEntry - Tire inflation pressure 315
8
ToCEntry - Battery 316
8
ToCEntry - Jump starting 318
8
ToCEntry - Towing the vehicle 321
8
ToCEntry - Transmission selector lever, manually unlocking 325
8
ToCSubEntry - Transmission selector lever, manually unlocking 325
8
ToCEntry - Exterior lamps 326
8
ToCEntry - Replacing bulbs 326
8
ToCSubEntry - Replacing bulbs 326
8
ToCEntry - Trunk lamp 331
8
ToCEntry - Changing batteries in the electronic main key 332
8
ToCEntry - Synchronizing remote control 334
8
ToCSubEntry - Synchronizing remote control 334
8
ToCEntry - Emergency engine shut-down 334
8
ToCEntry - Fuel filler flap, manual release 335
8
ToCEntry - Replacing wiper blade insert 337
8
ToCEntry - Roof rack 338
8
Title - Vehicle care
8
ToCEntry - Cleaning and care of the vehicle 340
8
ToCEntry - Power washer 341
8
ToCSubEntry - Power washer 341
8
ToCSubEntry - Tar stains 341
8
ToCSubEntry - Paintwork, painted body components 341
8
ToCSubEntry - Engine cleaning 342
8
ToCSubEntry - Vehicle washing 342
8
ToCSubEntry - Ornamental moldings 343
8
ToCSubEntry - Headlamps, taillamps, turn signal lenses 343
8
ToCSubEntry - Window cleaning 343
8
ToCSubEntry - Wiper blade 343
8
ToCSubEntry - Light alloy wheels 344
8
ToCSubEntry - Instrument cluster 344
8
ToCSubEntry - Steering wheel and gear selector lever 344
8
ToCSubEntry - Cup holder 344
8
ToCSubEntry - Seat belts 345
8
ToCSubEntry - Headliner and shelf below rear window 345
8
ToCSubEntry - Leather upholstery 345
8
ToCSubEntry - Hard plastic trim items 345
8
ToCSubEntry - Plastic and rubber parts 345
8
Title - Technical data
9
ToCEntry - Spare parts service 348
9
ToCEntry - Warranty coverage 348
9
ToCEntry - Identification labels 349
9
ToCEntry - Layout of poly-V-belt drive 350
9
ToCEntry - Technical data 351
9
ToCEntry - Fuels, coolants, lubricants etc. - capacities 355
9
ToCEntry - Engine oils 357
9
ToCEntry - Engine oil additives 357
9
ToCEntry - Air conditioner refrigerant 357
9
ToCEntry - Brake fluid 357
9
ToCEntry - Premium unleaded gasoline 358
9
ToCEntry - Fuel requirements 358
9
ToCEntry - Gasoline additives 359
9
ToCEntry - Coolants 359
9
ToCEntry - Consumer information 361
9
ToCEntry - Uniform tire quality grading 361
9
Title - Index
9
ToCEntry - Index 364
9
Intro - Introduction
10
Section - Introduction
10
Title - Introduction
10
Hypertext - Introduction
10
Marker - Product information
10
Para - Kindly observe the following in your own best interest:
10
Para - We recommend using Mercedes-Benz original parts as well as conversion parts and accessorie...
10
Para - We have tested these parts to determine their reliability, safety and their special suitab...
10
Para - We are unable to make an assessment for other products and therefore cannot be held respon...
10
Para - Mercedes-Benz original parts as well as conversion parts and accessories approved by us ar...
10
Section - Operator’s manual
11
Title - Operator’s manual
11
Marker - Operator’s manual
11
Para - This Operator’s Manual contains a great deal of useful information. We urge you to read it...
11
Para - For your own safety and longer service life of the vehicle, we urge you to follow the inst...
11
Para - Your vehicle may have some or all of the equipment described in this manual. Therefore, yo...
11
Subtitle - Service and warranty information
11
Bold - Service and warranty information
11
Para - The Service and Warranty Information Booklet contains detailed information about the warra...
11
ItemizedList - • New Car Limited Warranty,
11
Item - • New Car Limited Warranty,
11
Item - • Emission System Warranty,
11
Item - • Emission Performance Warranty,
11
Item - • California, Massachusetts, and Vermont Emission Control System Warranty (California, Mas...
11
Item - • State Warranty Enforcement Laws (Lemon Laws).
11
Subtitle - Important notice for California retail buyers of Mercedes-Benz automobiles
12
Bold - Important notice for California retail buyers of Mercedes-Benz automobiles
12
Para - Under California law you may be entitled to a replacement of your vehicle or a refund of t...
12
Subtitle - Maintenance
12
Bold - Maintenance
12
Para - The Service Booklet describes all the necessary maintenance work which should be performed...
12
Para - Always have the Service Booklet with you when you take the vehicle to your authorized Merc...
12
Subtitle - Roadside assistance
13
Bold - Roadside assistance
13
Para - The Mercedes-Benz Roadside Assistance Program provides factory trained technical help in t...
13
ItemizedList - 1-800-FOR-MERCedes (in the USA) 1-800-387-0100 (in Canada)
13
Item - 1-800-FOR-MERCedes (in the USA) 1-800-387-0100 (in Canada)
13
Bold - 1-800-FOR-MERCedes (in the USA) 1-800-387-0100 (in Canada)
13
Para - will be answered by Mercedes-Benz Client Assistance Representatives 24\x11hours a day, 365\x11da...
13
Para - For additional information refer to the Mercedes-Benz Roadside Assistance Program brochure...
13
Subtitle - Change of address or ownership
13
Bold - Change of address or ownership
13
Para - If you change your address, be sure to send in the
13
Para - If you sell your Mercedes, please leave all literature with the vehicle to make it availab...
13
Para - If you bought this vehicle used, be sure to send in the
13
Subtitle - Operating your vehicle outside the USA or Canada
14
Bold - Operating your vehicle outside the USA or Canada
14
Para - If you plan to operate your vehicle in foreign countries, please be aware that:
14
ItemizedList - • Service facilities or replacement parts may not be readily available,
14
Item - • Service facilities or replacement parts may not be readily available,
14
Item - • unleaded gasoline for vehicles with catalytic converters may not be available; the use o...
14
Item - • gasoline may have a considerably lower octane rating, and improper fuel can cause engine...
14
Para - Certain Mercedes-Benz models are available for delivery in Europe under our European Deliv...
14
Table - <TABELLE>
14
TBody - <TABELLENHAUPTTEXT>
14
Row - <TABELLENREIHE>
14
Entry - In the USA:
14
Entry - In Canada:
14
Row - <TABELLENREIHE>
14
Entry - Mercedes-Benz usa, LLC European Delivery Department One Mercedes Drive Montvale, NJ 07645...
14
Entry - Mercedes-Benz Canada, Inc. European Delivery Department 849 Eglinton Avenue East Toronto,...
14
Para - We continuously strive to improve our product, and ask for your understanding that we rese...
15
Para - Optional equipment is also described in this manual, including operating instructions wher...
15
Para - If there are any equipment details that are not shown or described in this Operator’s Manu...
15
Para - The Operator’s Manual and Service Booklet are important documents and should be kept with ...
15
Section - Where to find it
16
Title - Where to find it
16
Marker - Where to find it
16
Para - The Operator’s Manual is divided into eight sections:
16
ItemizedList - • Instruments and controls:
16
Item - • Instruments and controls:
16
Bold - • Instruments and controls:
16
Item - • Operation:
16
Bold - • Operation:
16
Item - • Driving:
16
Bold - • Driving:
16
Item - • Instrument cluster display:
16
Bold - • Instrument cluster display:
16
Item - • Practical hints:
16
Bold - • Practical hints:
16
Item - • Car care:
16
Bold - • Car care:
16
Item - • Technical data:
16
Bold - • Technical data:
16
Item - • Index:
16
Bold - • Index:
16
Para - Other documents may also be supplied, depending on your vehicle’s equipment.
16
Para - Explanation of color used:
16
Table - <TABELLE>
16
TBody - <TABELLENHAUPTTEXT>
16
Row - <TABELLENREIHE>
16
Entry - Warning notices for the protection of yourself and others appear on red background.
16
SpecSection - Problems with your vehicle
17
Title - Problems with your vehicle
17
Marker - Problems with your vehicle
17
SimplePara - If you should experience a problem with your vehicle, particularly one that you beli...
17
DefinitionList - In the
17
Definition - In the
17
Item - Client Assistance Center Mercedes-Benz
17
Definition - In Canada:
17
Item - Customer Relations Department Mercedes-Benz Canada, Inc. 849 Eglinton Avenue East Toronto,...
17
Code - For the
18
SpecSection - Reporting Safety Defects
18
Title - Reporting Safety Defects
18
Marker - Reporting Safety Defects
18
SimplePara - If you believe that your vehicle has a defect which could cause a crash or could cau...
18
SimplePara - If
18
SimplePara - To contact
18
ToC - Contents - Instruments and controls
20
Title - Contents - Instruments and controls
20
Marker - Contents - Instruments and controls
20
ToCEntry - Instruments and controls 12
20
ToCEntry - Door control panel 14
20
ToCSubEntry - Door control panel 14
20
ToCSubEntry - Overhead control panel 15
20
ToCSubEntry - Dashboard 16
20
ToCSubEntry - Center console 18
20
Part - Instruments and controls
21
Section - Instruments and controls
21
Title - Instruments and controls
21
Hypertext - Instruments and controls
21
Marker - Instruments and controls
21
Figure - <GRAPHIK>
21
OrderedList - 1 Door control panel, see page\x11
22
Item - 1 Door control panel, see page\x11
22
Item - 2 Overhead control panel, see page\x11
22
Item - 3 Dashboard, see page\x11
22
Item - 4 Center console, see page\x11
22
Subsection - Door control panel
23
Title - Door control panel
23
Marker - Door control panel
23
Figure - <GRAPHIK>
23
OrderedList - 1 Door handle, pull to open, see page\x11
23
Item - 1 Door handle, pull to open, see page\x11
23
Item - 2 Memory function (for storing seat, steering wheel and exterior rear view mirror settings...
23
Item - 3 Front seat adjustment, see page\x11
23
Item - 4 Steering wheel adjustment, see page\x11
23
Item - 5 Power windows, see page\x11
23
Item - 6 Switch for rear door window override, see page\x11
23
Item - 7 Trunk lid release switch, see page\x11
23
Subsection - Overhead control panel
24
Title - Overhead control panel
24
Marker - Overhead control panel
24
Bold - Overhead control panel
24
Figure - <GRAPHIK>
24
OrderedList - 1 Interior lighting, see page\x11
24
Item - 1 Interior lighting, see page\x11
24
Item - 2 Tele Aid (emergency call system), see page\x11
24
Item - 3 Sliding\x12/\x12pop-up roof, see page\x11
24
Item - 4 Hands-free microphone for Tele Aid and optional telephone with voice recognition system
24
Item - 5 Rear view mirror, see page\x11
24
Item - 6 Garage door opener, see page\x11
24
Subsection - Dashboard
25
Title - Dashboard
25
Marker - Dashboard
25
Bold - Dashboard
25
Figure - <GRAPHIK>
25
OrderedList - 1 Hood lock release, see page\x11
26
Item - 1 Hood lock release, see page\x11
26
Item - 2 Parking brake pedal, see page\x11
26
Item - 3 Steering wheel adjustment (manual), see page\x11
26
Item - 4 Parking brake release, see page\x11
26
Item - 5 Exterior lamp switch, see page\x11
26
Item - 6 Combination switch, see page\x11
26
Item - 7 Exterior mirror adjustment, see page\x11
26
Item - 8 Headlamp washer button, see page\x11
26
Item - 9 Cruise control switch, see page\x11
26
Item - 10 Multifunction steering wheel, see page\x11
26
Item - 11 Instrument cluster, see page\x11
26
Item - 12 Voice recognition system switch, see separate operating instructions
26
Item - 13 Starter switch, see page\x11
26
Item - 14 Glove box lid release, see page\x11
26
Item - 15 Glove box lock, see page\x11
26
Subsection - Center console
27
Title - Center console
27
Marker - Center console
27
Figure - <GRAPHIK>
27
OrderedList - 1 Left front seat heater switch, see page\x11
27
Item - 1 Left front seat heater switch, see page\x11
27
Item - 2 Rear window sunshade (optional), see page\x11
27
Item - 3 ESP (electronic stability program) control switch, see page\x11
27
Item - 4 Hazard warning flasher switch, see page\x11
27
Item - 5 Central locking switch, see page\x11
27
Item - 6 Rear seat head restraints, see page\x11
27
Item - 7 Antitheft alarm system, see page\x11
27
Item - 8 Right front seat heater switch, see page\x11
27
Item - 9 AIRBAG OFF
27
CapLetter - 9 AIRBAG OFF
27
Item - 10 COMAND system (optional), see separate operating\x11instructions, or audio system, see page\x11
27
Item - 11 Climate control (C\x11240), see page\x11
27
Item - 12 Ashtray, see page\x11
28
Item - 13 Automatic transmission, see page\x11
28
Item - 14 Storage compartment, see page\x11
28
Item - 15 Armrest, see page\x11
28
ToC - Contents - Operation
29
Title - Contents - Operation
29
Marker - Contents - Operation
29
ToCEntry - Vehicle keys 22
29
ToCEntry - Start lock-out 24
29
ToCEntry - General notes on the central locking system 24
29
ToCEntry - Central locking system 25
29
ToCEntry - Radio frequency and infrared remote control 25
29
ToCSubEntry - Radio frequency and infrared remote control 25
29
ToCSubEntry - Locking and unlocking 27
29
ToCSubEntry - Choosing global or selective mode on remote control 27
29
ToCSubEntry - Opening the trunk 28
29
ToCSubEntry - Opening and closing windows and sliding / pop-up roof from outside 29
29
ToCSubEntry - Panic button 30
29
ToCSubEntry - Mechanical keys 30
29
ToCEntry - Doors 31
29
ToCEntry - Central locking switch 33
29
ToCEntry - Automatic central locking 34
29
ToCEntry - Emergency unlocking in case of accident 34
29
ToCEntry - Trunk 35
29
ToCEntry - Trunk lid release switch 37
29
ToCEntry - Antitheft alarm system 38
29
ToCEntry - Tow-away alarm 39
29
ToCEntry - Easy-entry/exit feature 41
29
ToCEntry - Front seat adjustment 42
29
ToCEntry - Removal and installation of front seat head restraints 47
29
ToCEntry - Multicontour seat 49
29
ToCEntry - Heated seats 50
29
ToCEntry - Rear seat head restraints 52
29
ToCEntry - Seat belts and integrated restraint system 55
29
ToCEntry - Seat belts 55
29
ToCEntry - Seat belt nonusage warning system 56
29
ToCEntry - BabySmart
29
ToCEntry - Supplemental Restraint System (SRS) 63
29
ToCEntry - Emergency tensioning retractor (ETR) 64
29
ToCEntry - Airbags 65
29
ToCEntry - Safety guidelines for the seat belt, emergency tensioning retractor and airbag 72
29
ToCEntry - Infant and child restraint systems 73
29
ToCEntry - Steering wheel adjustment (manual) 77
29
ToCEntry - Steering wheel adjustment (electrical) 79
29
ToCEntry - Rear view mirrors 80
29
ToCEntry - Instrument cluster 88
29
ToCEntry - Multifunction steering wheel, multifunction display 92
29
ToCEntry - Trip and main odometer, FSS, coolant temperature, vehicle speed, engine oil level indi...
29
ToCEntry - Audio systems 98
29
ToCEntry - Radio 98
29
ToCSubEntry - Radio 98
29
ToCSubEntry - CD player 99
29
ToCSubEntry - Cassette player 100
29
ToCEntry - Telephone 101
29
ToCEntry - Navigation system 106
29
ToCEntry - Trip computer 107
29
ToCEntry - Malfunction/warning message memory 109
29
ToCEntry - Individual settings 111
29
ToCEntry - Setting the audio volume 123
29
ToCEntry - Coolant temperature gauge 124
30
ToCEntry - Flexible service system (FSS) 125
30
ToCEntry - Engine oil level indicator 128
30
ToCEntry - Engine oil consumption 129
30
ToCEntry - Exterior lamp switch 130
30
ToCEntry - Headlamp mode 131
30
ToCEntry - Night security illumination 132
30
ToCEntry - Locator lighting 133
30
ToCSubEntry - Locator lighting 133
30
ToCEntry - Headlamp cleaning system 133
30
ToCEntry - Combination switch 134
30
ToCEntry - Hazard warning flasher switch 137
30
ToCEntry - Climate control 138
30
ToCEntry - Automatic climate control 146
30
ToCEntry - Front center console storage compartment ventilation 158
30
ToCEntry - Rear passenger compartment adjustable air outlets 159
30
ToCEntry - Operation Audio and telephone 160
30
ToCEntry - Operating safety 160
30
ToCEntry - Operating and display elements 161
30
ToCEntry - Button and soft key operation 163
30
ToCEntry - Operation 163
30
ToCEntry - Power windows 184
30
ToCEntry - Sliding/pop-up roof 187
30
ToCEntry - Interior lighting 189
30
ToCEntry - Rear window sunshade 191
30
ToCEntry - Sun visors 192
30
ToCEntry - Vanity mirrors 192
30
ToCEntry - Interior 193
30
ToCEntry - Storage compartments and armrests 193
30
ToCEntry - Glove box 194
30
ToCSubEntry - Glove box 194
30
ToCEntry - Cup holder 197
30
ToCEntry - Ashtrays 199
30
ToCEntry - Lighter 201
30
ToCEntry - Parcel net in front passenger footwell 202
30
ToCEntry - Ski sack 202
30
ToCEntry - Enlarged cargo area 207
30
ToCEntry - Split folding rear seat bench 207
30
ToCEntry - Loading instructions (vehicle with enlarged cargo area) 209
30
ToCEntry - Cellular telephone 210
30
ToCEntry - Telephone, general 211
30
ToCEntry - Garage door opener 212
30
Part - Operation
31
Section - Operation
31
Title - Operation
31
Hypertext - Operation
31
Marker - Vehicle keys
31
Para - Included with your vehicle are 2\x11electronic main keys with integrated radio frequency and ...
31
Para - The locking tabs for the mechanical key portion of the two electronic main keys are a diff...
31
Warning - <TABELLE>
31
TBody - <TABELLENHAUPTTEXT>
31
Row - <TABELLENREIHE>
31
Entry -
31
Row - <TABELLENREIHE>
31
Entry - Warning!
31
Para - Warning!
31
Para - When leaving the vehicle always remove the electronic key from the starter switch, and loc...
31
Subsection - Electronic main key
32
Title - Electronic main key
32
Marker - Electronic main key
32
Figure - <GRAPHIK>
32
Para - The electronic main key has an integrated radio frequency and infrared remote control, plu...
32
Para - The remote control\x11(1) operates all locks on the vehicle.
32
Para - The mechanical key\x11(2) works only in the driver’s door, trunk, and storage compartment locks.
32
Para - When using the mechanical key\x11(2) for lock operations, it can be removed by sliding it out...
32
Para - The remote control transmitter is located in the electronic main key.
32
Para - The infrared receivers are located in the front door handles.
32
Note - Note:
32
BlockTitle - Note:
32
Para - Remove the mechanical key from the electronic main key when using valet parking service. T...
32
Para - See page\x11
32
Subtitle - Central locking system:Obtaining replacement keys
32
Marker - Central locking system:Obtaining replacement keys
32
Bold - Obtaining replacement keys
32
Para - Your vehicle is equipped with a theft deterrent locking system requiring a special key man...
32
Section - Start lock-out
33
Title - Start lock-out
33
Marker - Start lock-out
33
Important - Important!
33
BlockTitle - Important!
33
Para - Removing the electronic key from the starter switch activates the start lock-out. The engi...
33
Para - Inserting the electronic key in the starter switch deactivates the start lock-out.
33
Note - Note:
33
BlockTitle - Note:
33
Para - In case the engine cannot be started (vehicle’s battery is in order), the system is not op...
33
Section - General notes on the \tcentral locking system
33
Title - General notes on the \tcentral locking system
33
Marker - General notes on the \tcentral locking system
33
ItemizedList - • If the electronic key is inserted in the starter switch, the vehicle cannot be l...
33
Item - • If the electronic key is inserted in the starter switch, the vehicle cannot be locked or...
33
Para - If the vehicle cannot be locked or unlocked:
33
ItemizedList - • Aim transmitter eye at a receiver of either front door handle. Check the batteri...
33
Item - • Aim transmitter eye at a receiver of either front door handle. Check the batteries of th...
33
Item - • Use the mechanical key to unlock the vehicle. To start engine, insert the electronic key...
33
Important - Important!
33
BlockTitle - Important!
33
Para - When unlocking the driver’s door with the mechanical key, the exterior lamps will flash an...
33
Para - To cancel the alarm, insert the electronic key in the starter switch or press button\x11
33
Section - Central locking system
34
Title - Central locking system
34
Marker - Central locking system
34
Subsection - Radio frequency and \tinfrared remote control
34
Title - Radio frequency and \tinfrared remote control
34
Marker - Radio frequency and \tinfrared remote control
34
Para - The electronic main key has an integrated radio frequency and infrared remote control.
34
Para - Due to the extended operational range of the remote control, it could be possible to unint...
34
Para - The vehicle doors, trunk and fuel filler flap can be centrally locked and unlocked via rem...
34
Para - Opening and closing the windows and sliding/pop-up roof can only be done with the infrared...
34
Para - With vehicle centrally locked, the trunk can also be opened by using the remote control.
34
Para - If the electronic key is inserted in starter switch, the vehicle cannot be locked or unloc...
34
OrderedList - <GRAPHIK>
34
Item - <GRAPHIK>
34
Graphic - <GRAPHIK>
34
Marker - P80.xx-xxxx-26
34
ItemPara - ‹
34
SpecialChar - ‹
34
ItemPara - Œ
34
SpecialChar - Œ
34
ItemPara - ³
34
SpecialChar - ³
34
Item - 2 Lamp for battery check (see page\x11
34
Item - 3 panic
34
CapLetter - 3 panic
34
Item - 4 Transmitter eye
34
Item - 5 Locking tab for mechanical key
34
OrderedList - <GRAPHIK>
35
Item - <GRAPHIK>
35
Graphic - <GRAPHIK>
35
Marker - P80.30-2095-26 (4c)
35
OrderedList - <GRAPHIK>
35
Item - <GRAPHIK>
35
Graphic - <GRAPHIK>
35
Marker - P80.30-2096-26 (4c)
35
Subsection - Locking and unlocking
36
Title - Locking and unlocking
36
Marker - Locking and unlocking
36
Subtitle - Unlocking:
36
Para - Press transmit button
36
Para - The remote control can be programmed for two kinds of unlocking modes (see below):
36
Para - Selective unlocking mode – Press transmit button
36
Para - Global unlocking mode – Press transmit button
36
Note - Notes:
36
BlockTitle - Notes:
36
Para - If the trunk was previously locked separately, it will remain locked, see page\x11
36
Para - The presently active unlocking mode (selective or global) can only be determined by unlock...
36
Para - If within 40 seconds of unlocking with the remote control, neither door or trunk is opened...
36
Subtitle - Locking:
36
Para - Press transmit button
36
Note - Note:
36
BlockTitle - Note:
36
Para - If the vehicle cannot be locked or unlocked by pressing the transmit button, then it may b...
36
Subsection - Choosing global or selective \tmode on remote control
36
Title - Choosing global or selective \tmode on remote control
36
Marker - Choosing global or selective \tmode on remote control
36
Para - Press and hold transmit buttons\x11
36
Subsection - Opening the trunk
37
Title - Opening the trunk
37
Marker - Opening the trunk
37
Para - The trunk lid will swing open automatically. You should always make sure there is sufficie...
37
Para - A minimum height clearance of 5.75\x11ft. (1.75\x11m) is required to open the trunk lid.
37
Para - Press transmit button\x11
37
Important - Important!
37
BlockTitle - Important!
37
Para - Do not place remote control in trunk since trunk is locked when the lid is closed if the v...
37
Note - Notes:
37
BlockTitle - Notes:
37
Para - If the trunk was previously locked separately, it will remain locked
37
Subsection - Central locking system:Summer opening/convenience feature
38
Title - Central locking system:Summer opening/convenience feature
38
Marker - Central locking system:Summer opening/convenience feature
38
Para - Aim transmitter eye of remote control at the door receiver.
38
Subtitle - Summer opening:
38
Bold - Summer opening:
38
Para - The sliding\x12/\x12pop-up roof and all side windows can be opened automatically.
38
Para - Continue to press transmit button
38
Para - The windows and sliding/pop-up roof begin to open after approximately 1\x11second.
38
Para - To interrupt opening procedure, release transmit button.
38
Subtitle - Convenience feature:
38
Bold - Convenience feature:
38
Para - The sliding\x12/\x12pop-up roof and the side windows can be closed.
38
Para - Continue to press transmit button
38
Para - The windows and sliding\x12/\x12pop-up roof begin to close after approximately 1\x11second.
38
Para - To interrupt closing procedure, release transmit button.
38
Para - Ensure that all side windows and the sliding\x12/\x12pop-up roof are properly closed before leav...
38
Warning - <TABELLE>
38
TBody - <TABELLENHAUPTTEXT>
38
Row - <TABELLENREIHE>
38
Entry - Warning!
38
Para - Warning!
38
Para - Never operate the windows or sliding\x12/\x12pop-up roof if there is the possibility of anyone b...
38
Row - <TABELLENREIHE>
38
Entry - In case the procedure causes potential danger, the procedure can be immediately halted by...
38
Para - In case the procedure causes potential danger, the procedure can be immediately halted by ...
38
Note - Note:
38
BlockTitle - Note:
38
Para - If the windows and sliding\x12/\x12pop-up roof cannot be operated automatically by pressing the ...
38
Subsection - Panic button
39
Title - Panic button
39
Marker - Panic button
39
Figure - <GRAPHIK>
39
Para - To activate press and hold button\x11(1) for at least one second. An audible alarm and blinki...
39
Para - To deactivate press button\x11(1) again, or insert electronic key in starter switch.
39
Note - Note:
39
BlockTitle - Note:
39
Para - For operation in the USA only: This device complies with Part\x1115 of the FCC Rules. Operati...
39
Para - (1)\x11This device may not cause harmful interference, and
39
Para - (2)\x11this device must accept any interference received, including interference that may cau...
39
Para - Any unauthorized modification to this device could void the user’s authority to operate th...
39
Subsection - Central locking system:Mechanical keys
39
Title - Central locking system:Mechanical keys
39
Marker - Central locking system:Mechanical keys
39
Para - The mechanical keys work only in driver’s door, trunk, and storage compartment locks.
39
Note - Notes:
39
BlockTitle - Notes:
39
Para - The mechanical key does not operate the central locking system or antitheft alarm system.
39
Para - The fuel filler flap cannot be locked or unlocked with the mechanical key.
39
Para - If the fuel filler flap cannot be opened, see page\x11
39
Section - P80.30-????-26
40
Title - P80.30-????-26
40
Marker - P80.30-????-26
40
Figure - <GRAPHIK>
40
OrderedList - 1 Opening – pull handle
40
Item - 1 Opening – pull handle
40
Item - 2 Unlocking driver’s door
40
Item - 3 Locking driver’s door
40
Important - Important!
40
BlockTitle - Important!
40
Para - The mechanical key does not operate the central locking system or antitheft alarm system.
40
Subsection - P80.30-2098-26 (4c)
40
Title - P80.30-2098-26 (4c)
40
Marker - P80.30-2098-26 (4c)
40
Figure - <GRAPHIK>
40
OrderedList - 4 Individual door from inside: Push lock button down to lock.
40
Item - 4 Individual door from inside: Push lock button down to lock.
40
Item - 5 Front door from inside: Pull handle to unlock.
40
Para - When you lock the driver’s door with the mechanical key, the door lock button should move ...
40
Para - Each individual door must be locked with the respective door lock button – the driver’s do...
40
Para - If the vehicle has previously been locked from the outside, opening a door from the inside...
41
ItemizedList - • selective unlocking mode, only that individual door is unlocked. The remaining d...
41
Item - • selective unlocking mode, only that individual door is unlocked. The remaining doors, th...
41
Item - • global unlocking mode, all doors, the trunk and fuel filler flap are unlocked.
41
Note - Notes:
41
BlockTitle - Notes:
41
Para - In case of a malfunction in the central locking system the doors can be locked and unlocke...
41
Para - To lock, push down lock buttons or turn mechanical key in driver’s door lock to position\x113...
41
Para - To unlock, pull inside door handles or turn mechanical key in driver’s door lock to positi...
41
Para - Rear doors can only be opened from inside by first pulling up the door lock button.
41
Para - When unlocking the driver’s door with the mechanical key, the exterior lamps will flash an...
41
Para - To cancel the alarm, insert the electronic key in the starter switch or press button\x11
41
Section - P82.50-0757-26 (2c)
42
Title - P82.50-0757-26 (2c)
42
Marker - P82.50-0757-26 (2c)
42
Figure - <GRAPHIK>
42
OrderedList - 1 Locking
42
Item - 1 Locking
42
Item - 2 Unlocking
42
Para - The central locking switch is located in the center console.
42
Para - The doors and trunk can only be locked with the central locking switch, if both front door...
42
Para - If the vehicle was previously locked with the central locking switch, while in the selecti...
42
Para - If the vehicle was previously locked with the central locking switch, while in the global ...
42
Note - Notes:
42
BlockTitle - Notes:
42
Para - If the vehicle was previously locked with the remote control, the doors and trunk cannot b...
42
Para - The fuel filler flap cannot be locked or unlocked with the central locking switch.
42
Para - If the vehicle has previously been locked from the outside, opening a door from the inside...
42
Warning - <TABELLE>
42
TBody - <TABELLENHAUPTTEXT>
42
Row - <TABELLENREIHE>
42
Entry - Warning!
42
Para - Warning!
42
Para - When leaving the vehicle always remove the electronic key from the starter switch, and loc...
42
Section - Central locking system:Automatic central locking
43
Title - Central locking system:Automatic central locking
43
Marker - Central locking system:Automatic central locking
43
Para - With the automatic central locking system activated, the doors and trunk are locked at veh...
43
Para - The automatic central locking function can be switched on or off. See page\x11
43
Note - Notes:
43
BlockTitle - Notes:
43
Para - If doors are unlocked with the central locking switch after activating the automatic centr...
43
Para - If a door is opened from the inside at speeds of approximately 9\x11mph (15\x11km\x12/\x12h) or less w...
43
Important - Important!
43
BlockTitle - Important!
43
Para - When towing the vehicle, or with the vehicle on a dynamometer test stand, please, note the...
43
Para - With the automatic central locking activated and the electronic key in starter switch posi...
43
Para - To prevent the vehicle door locks from locking, deactivate the automatic central locking. ...
43
Section - Emergency unlocking in case of accident
43
Title - Emergency unlocking in case of accident
43
Marker - Emergency unlocking in case of accident
43
Para - The doors unlock automatically a short time after an accident in which an airbag or emerge...
43
Section - Trunk
44
Title - Trunk
44
Marker - Trunk
44
Para - The lock is located next to the recessed handle.
44
Para - When the trunk is separately locked, it remains locked when centrally unlocking the vehicle.
44
Para - To deny any unauthorized person access to the trunk, lock it separately with the mechanica...
44
Note - Notes:
44
BlockTitle - Notes:
44
Para - In case of a malfunction in the central locking system the trunk can be unlocked individua...
44
Para - To unlock and open the trunk lid, turn mechanical key to position\x112, hold and push to open.
44
Para - The mechanical key does not operate the central locking system or antitheft alarm system.
44
Para - When unlocking the trunk with the mechanical key, the exterior lamps will flash and the al...
44
Para - To cancel the alarm, insert the electronic key in the starter switch or press button\x11
44
Para - If the fuel filler flap cannot be opened, see page\x11
44
OrderedList - <GRAPHIK>
44
Item - <GRAPHIK>
44
Graphic - <GRAPHIK>
44
Marker - P54.25-????-26
44
Item - 1 Separate locking of trunk – remove mechanical key in this position.
44
Item - 2 Unlocking
44
Important - Important!
44
BlockTitle - Important!
44
Para - Do not place mechanical key inside trunk, since trunk is locked again when closing the lid...
44
Para - <GRAPHIK>
45
Graphic - <GRAPHIK>
45
Marker - P88.50-2027-26 (4c)
45
Para - The trunk lid will swing open automatically. You should always make sure there is sufficie...
45
Para - A minimum height clearance of 5.75\x11ft. (1.75\x11m) is required to open the trunk lid.
45
Para - <GRAPHIK>
45
Graphic - <GRAPHIK>
45
Marker - P88.50-2027-26 (4c)
45
Section - Trunk:Release switch
46
Title - Trunk:Release switch
46
Marker - Trunk:Release switch
46
Figure - <GRAPHIK>
46
Para - The switch is located on the driver’s door.
46
Para - The trunk lid will swing open automatically. You should always make sure there is sufficie...
46
Para - A minimum height clearance of 5.75\x11ft. (1.75\x11m) is required to open the trunk lid.
46
Para - To open the trunk, the vehicle must be at standstill. Press switch until trunk lid is open.
46
Para - The indicator lamp in the switch remains on with trunk lid open.
46
Note - Notes:
46
BlockTitle - Notes:
46
Para - The trunk can also be opened by using the remote control. Press
46
Para - The trunk lid cannot be opened by the switch or the remote control when previously locked ...
46
Para - The trunk lid cannot be opened with the trunk lid release switch when the vehicle was prev...
46
Section - Antitheft alarm system
47
Title - Antitheft alarm system
47
Marker - Antitheft alarm system
47
Figure - <GRAPHIK>
47
OrderedList - 1 Indicator lamp in switch located in center console
47
Item - 1 Indicator lamp in switch located in center console
47
Para - The antitheft alarm is automatically armed or disarmed with the remote control by locking ...
47
Para - The antitheft alarm is armed within approximately 10\x11seconds after locking the vehicle.
47
Para - A blinking lamp\x11(1) indicates that the alarm is armed.
47
Subtitle - Operation:
47
Para - Once the alarm system has been armed, the exterior vehicle lamps will flash and an alarm w...
47
ItemizedList - • opens a door,
47
Item - • opens a door,
47
Item - • opens the trunk,
47
Item - • opens the hood,
47
Item - • attempts to raise the vehicle.
47
Para - The alarm will last approximately 3\x11minutes in form of flashing exterior lamps. At the sam...
47
Note - Notes:
47
BlockTitle - Notes:
47
Para - When you unlock the driver’s door with the mechanical key, the exterior lamps will flash a...
47
Para - To cancel the alarm, insert the electronic key in the starter switch or press button\x11
48
Section - Tow-away alarm
48
Title - Tow-away alarm
48
Marker - Tow-away alarm
48
Figure - <GRAPHIK>
48
Para - The switch is located in the center console.
48
OrderedList - 1 Press to switch off tow-away alarm
48
Item - 1 Press to switch off tow-away alarm
48
Item - 2 Indicator lamp
48
Para - Once the alarm system has been armed, the exterior vehicle lamps will flash and an alarm w...
48
Para - The alarm will last approximately 3\x11minutes in form of flashing exterior lamps. At the sam...
49
Para - If the alarm stays on for more than 20 seconds, an emergency call is initiated automatical...
49
Para - To prevent triggering the tow-away alarm feature, switch off the tow-away alarm before tow...
49
Para - To do so, turn electronic key in starter switch to position\x111 or\x110, or remove electronic k...
49
Para - Exit vehicle, and lock vehicle with the electronic main key.
49
Para - The tow-away alarm remains switched off until the vehicle is locked again with the electro...
49
Section - Easy-entry/exit feature
50
Title - Easy-entry/exit feature
50
Marker - Easy-entry/exit feature
50
Para - With the easy-entry/exit feature activated, the steering wheel tilts upwards and the drive...
50
Para - This allows easier entry into and exit from the vehicle when the driver’s door is opened. ...
50
Para - See page\x11
50
Para - When the electronic key is inserted in the starter switch and the driver’s door is closed,...
50
Warning - <TABELLE>
50
TBody - <TABELLENHAUPTTEXT>
50
Row - <TABELLENREIHE>
50
Entry - Warning!
50
Para - Warning!
50
Para - You must ensure that no one can become trapped or injured by the moving steering wheel and...
50
Section - Front seat adjustment
51
Title - Front seat adjustment
51
Marker - Front seat adjustment
51
Warning - <TABELLE>
51
TBody - <TABELLENHAUPTTEXT>
51
Row - <TABELLENREIHE>
51
Entry - Warning!
51
Para - Warning!
51
Para - Do not adjust the driver’s seat while driving. Adjusting the seat while driving could caus...
51
Row - <TABELLENREIHE>
51
Entry - Never ride in a moving vehicle with the seat back reclined. Sitting in an excessively rec...
51
Para - Never ride in a moving vehicle with the seat back reclined. Sitting in an excessively recl...
51
Row - <TABELLENREIHE>
51
Entry - Never place hands under seat or near any moving parts while a seat is being adjusted.
51
Para - Never place hands under seat or near any moving parts while a seat is being adjusted.
51
Row - <TABELLENREIHE>
51
Entry -
51
Para -
51
Para -
51
Para -
51
Para -
51
Para -
51
Para -
51
Row - <TABELLENREIHE>
51
Entry - When leaving the vehicle always remove the electronic key from the starter switch, and lo...
51
Para - When leaving the vehicle always remove the electronic key from the starter switch, and loc...
51
Row - <TABELLENREIHE>
51
Entry - The power seats can also be operated with the driver’s or front passenger door open. Do n...
51
Para - The power seats can also be operated with the driver’s or front passenger door open. Do no...
51
Para - To operate the front power seat adjustment switches, turn the electronic key in starter sw...
51
Subtitle - Power seat
52
Bold - Power seat
52
Graphic - <GRAPHIK>
52
Marker - Seats:Power seat
52
Para - P54.00-1521-26
52
Marker - P54.00-1521-26
52
Para - We recommend to adjust the power seat in the following order:
52
OrderedList - 1 Seat, up\x12/\x12down
52
Item - 1 Seat, up\x12/\x12down
52
Bold - 1 Seat, up\x12/\x12down
52
Item - 2 Seat adjustment, fore\x12/\x12aft
52
Bold - 2 Seat adjustment, fore\x12/\x12aft
52
Item - 3 Seat cushion tilt
52
Bold - 3 Seat cushion tilt
52
Item - 4 Backrest tilt
52
Bold - 4 Backrest tilt
52
Item - 5 Head restraint
53
Bold - 5 Head restraint
53
ItemPara - Only minor personal adjustments, as described below, should then be required. For exte...
53
Para - <GRAPHIK>
53
Graphic - <GRAPHIK>
53
Marker - P91.16-2010-26
53
Subtitle - Storing seat positions
53
Marker - Storing seat positions
53
Para - The head restraint, steering wheel and exterior rear view mirror position are stored toget...
53
Para - See page\x11
53
Subsection - Manual seat
54
Title - Manual seat
54
Figure - <GRAPHIK>
54
Para - (Standard equipment on Model C\x11240)
54
Para - We recommend to adjust the seat in the following order:
54
OrderedList - 1 Fore/aft adjustment
54
Item - 1 Fore/aft adjustment
54
Bold - 1 Fore/aft adjustment
54
Item - 2 Seat cushion tilt
54
Bold - 2 Seat cushion tilt
54
Item - 3 Seat height adjustment
54
Bold - 3 Seat height adjustment
54
Item - 4 Backrest tilt
54
Bold - 4 Backrest tilt
54
OrderedList - <GRAPHIK>
55
Item - <GRAPHIK>
55
Graphic - <GRAPHIK>
55
Bold - 5 Head restraint height
55
Para - Raising:
55
Para - Pull up on head restraint.
55
Para - Lowering:
55
Para - Push button\x11(5) and push down on head restraint.
55
Para - Adjust head restraint to support the back of the head approximately at ear level. The head...
55
Subtitle - P91.10-2116-26
55
Marker - P91.10-2116-26
55
Graphic - <GRAPHIK>
55
Bold - Head restraint inclination
55
Para - Push or pull the head restraint in direction of arrow.
55
Section - Removal and installation of front seat head restraints
56
Title - Removal and installation of front seat head restraints
56
Marker - Removal and installation of front seat head restraints
56
Subsection - Power seat
56
Title - Power seat
56
Figure - <GRAPHIK>
56
Caution - Caution!
56
BlockTitle - Caution!
56
Para - Do not remove head restraints except when mounting seat covers. Whenever restraints have b...
56
Note - Note:
56
BlockTitle - Note:
56
Para - Tilt the backrest rearward for easier removal and installation of the head restraints.
56
Para - To remove: Press switch\x11(1) upwards and hold until the head restraint is fully extended. P...
56
Para - To install: Press switch\x11(1) upwards and hold for about 5\x11seconds.
56
Para - Press the head restraint down until it engages.
56
Para - Adjust head restraint to the desired position.
56
Warning - <TABELLE>
56
TBody - <TABELLENHAUPTTEXT>
56
Row - <TABELLENREIHE>
56
Entry - Warning!
56
Para - Warning!
56
Para - For your protection, drive only with properly positioned head restraints.
56
Row - <TABELLENREIHE>
56
Entry - Adjust head restraint to support the back of the head approximately at ear level.
56
Para - Adjust head restraint to support the back of the head approximately at ear level.
56
Row - <TABELLENREIHE>
56
Entry - Do not drive the vehicle without the seat head restraints. Head restraints are intended t...
56
Para - Do not drive the vehicle without the seat head restraints. Head restraints are intended to...
56
Subsection - Manual seat
57
Title - Manual seat
57
Marker - Manual seat
57
Figure - <GRAPHIK>
57
Para - To remove: Pull head restraint to its highest position. Push button\x11(1) and pull out head ...
57
Para - To install: Insert head restraint and push it down to the stop. Push button\x11(1) and adjust...
57
Warning - <TABELLE>
57
TBody - <TABELLENHAUPTTEXT>
57
Row - <TABELLENREIHE>
57
Entry -
57
Row - <TABELLENREIHE>
57
Entry - Warning!
57
Para - Warning!
57
Para - For your protection, drive only with properly positioned head restraints.
57
Row - <TABELLENREIHE>
57
Entry - Adjust head restraint to support the back of the head approximately at ear level.
57
Para - Adjust head restraint to support the back of the head approximately at ear level.
57
Row - <TABELLENREIHE>
57
Entry - Do not drive the vehicle without the seat head restraints. Head restraints are intended t...
57
Para - Do not drive the vehicle without the seat head restraints. Head restraints are intended to...
57
Section - Multicontour seat
58
Title - Multicontour seat
58
Marker - Multicontour seat
58
Figure - <GRAPHIK>
58
Para - We recommend to adjust the multicontour seat in the following order:
58
OrderedList - 1 Seat cushion depth
58
Item - 1 Seat cushion depth
58
Item - 2 Backrest bottom
58
Item - 3 Backrest center
58
Item - 4 Side bolster adjustment
58
Para - Some models may be equipped with driver’s multicontour seat. These seats have movable seat...
58
Para - The seat cushion movement and amount of backrest cushion height and curvature can be conti...
58
ItemizedList - • press to the left\x11– increase side support,
58
Item - • press to the left\x11– increase side support,
58
Item - • press to the right\x11– decrease side support.
58
Para - If the engine is turned off, the last cushion setting is retained in memory, and automatic...
58
Section - Heated seats
59
Title - Heated seats
59
Figure - <GRAPHIK>
59
Para - The front seat heaters can be switched on with the electronic key in starter switch positi...
59
Para - The switch is located in the center console.
59
Para - Press switch to turn on seat heater:
59
OrderedList - 1 Normal seat heating mode. One indicator lamp in the switch lights up.
59
Item - 1 Normal seat heating mode. One indicator lamp in the switch lights up.
59
Item - 2 Rapid seat heating mode. Both indicator lamps in the switch light up. After approximatel...
59
Para - Turning off seat heater:
59
Para - If one indicator lamp is on, press upper half of switch.
59
Para - If both indicator lamps are on, press lower half of switch.
59
Para - If left on, the seat heater automatically turns off after approximately 30\x11minutes of oper...
59
Para - Note:
60
Para - When in operation, the seat heater consumes a large amount of electrical power. It is not ...
60
Para - The seat heaters may automatically switch off if too many power consumers are switched on ...
60
Para - If the blinking of the indicator lamps is distracting to you, the seat heaters can be swit...
60
Section - Head restraints:Rear seat
61
Title - Head restraints:Rear seat
61
Marker - Head restraints:Rear seat
61
Figure - <GRAPHIK>
61
Para - Folding head restraints back with switch in the center console:
61
Para - Turn the electronic key in starter switch to position\x111 or\x112.
61
Para - Folding head restraints back: Press the symbol-side on the rocker switch to release the he...
61
Subsection -
61
Title -
61
Figure - <GRAPHIK>
61
Para - Folding head restraints back in the rear passenger compartment:
61
Para - Push lock button\x11(1). The head restraints will fold backward.
61
Subsection - Place head restraints upright
62
Title - Place head restraints upright
62
Bold - Place head restraints upright
62
Figure - <GRAPHIK>
62
Subtitle - Placing head restraints upright:
62
Para - Pull the head restraint forward until it locks into position.
62
Subtitle - Angle of head restraints:
62
Para - The head restraint angle can be adjusted manually.
62
Important - Important!
62
BlockTitle - Important!
62
Para - For safety reasons, always drive with the rear head restraints in the upright position whe...
62
Para - Keep the area around head restraints clear of articles (e.g. clothing) to not obstruct the...
62
Subsection - Head restraint height
63
Title - Head restraint height
63
Figure - <GRAPHIK>
63
Para - Raising:
63
Para - Pull up on head restraint.
63
Para - Lowering:
63
Para - Push button\x11(2) and push down on head restraint.
63
Para - Adjust head restraint to support the back of the head approximately at ear level. The head...
63
Note - Note:
63
BlockTitle - Note:
63
Para - The center rear seat head restraint cannot be adjusted or removed.
63
Section - Restraint systems
64
Title - Restraint systems
64
Marker - Restraint systems
64
Para - Your vehicle is equipped with seat belts for all seats, emergency tensioning retractors fo...
64
Section - Seat belts
64
Title - Seat belts
64
Marker - Seat belts
64
Important - Important!
64
BlockTitle - Important!
64
Para - Laws in most states and all Canadian provinces require seat belt use.
64
Para - All states and provinces require use of child restraints that comply with U.S. Federal Mot...
64
Para - All child restraints systems are designed to be secured in vehicle seats by lap belts or t...
64
Para - For your safety and that of your passengers we strongly recommend their use.
64
Warning - <TABELLE>
64
TBody - <TABELLENHAUPTTEXT>
64
Row - <TABELLENREIHE>
64
Entry -
64
Row - <TABELLENREIHE>
64
Entry - Warning!
64
Para - Warning!
64
Para - Children 12\x11years old and under must never ride in the front seat, except in a Mercedes-Be...
64
Row - <TABELLENREIHE>
64
Entry - According to accident statistics, children are safer when properly restrained in the rear...
64
Para - According to accident statistics, children are safer when properly restrained in the rear ...
64
Row - <TABELLENREIHE>
64
Entry - A child’s risk of serious or fatal injuries is significantly increased if the child restr...
64
Para - A child’s risk of serious or fatal injuries is significantly increased if the child restra...
64
Warning - <TABELLE>
65
TBody - <TABELLENHAUPTTEXT>
65
Row - <TABELLENREIHE>
65
Entry - Warning!
65
Para - Warning!
65
Para - Never ride in a moving vehicle with the backrest reclined. Sitting in an excessively recli...
65
Section - Seat belt nonusage warning system
65
Title - Seat belt nonusage warning system
65
Marker - Seat belt nonusage warning system
65
Para - With the electronic key in starter switch position\x112, a warning sounds for a short time if...
65
Para - Automatic comfort-fit seat belt:
65
Para - An automatic comfort-fit feature for driver and front passenger seat belt is activated whe...
65
Para - The retraction force of the inertia reel is reduced, increasing the level of seat belt com...
65
Note - Note:
65
BlockTitle - Note:
65
Para - For cleaning and care of the seat belts see page\x11
65
Para -
65
Para -
65
Para -
65
Para -
65
Warning - <TABELLE>
65
TBody - <TABELLENHAUPTTEXT>
65
Row - <TABELLENREIHE>
65
Entry -
65
Row - <TABELLENREIHE>
66
Entry - Warning!
66
Para - Warning!
66
Para - Failure to wear and properly fasten and position your seat belt greatly increases your ris...
66
Row - <TABELLENREIHE>
66
Entry - If you are ever in an accident, your injuries can be considerably more severe without you...
66
Para - If you are ever in an accident, your injuries can be considerably more severe without your...
66
Row - <TABELLENREIHE>
66
Entry - In the same crash, the possibility of injury or death is lessened if you are wearing your...
66
Para - In the same crash, the possibility of injury or death is lessened if you are wearing your ...
66
Para -
66
Para -
66
Para -
66
Para -
66
Warning - <TABELLE>
66
TBody - <TABELLENHAUPTTEXT>
66
Row - <TABELLENREIHE>
66
Entry -
66
Row - <TABELLENREIHE>
66
Entry - Warning!
66
Para - Warning!
66
Para - Never let more people ride in the vehicle than there are seat belts available. Be sure eve...
66
Subsection - Seat belts:Fastening
67
Title - Seat belts:Fastening
67
Marker - Seat belts:Fastening
67
Figure - <GRAPHIK>
67
OrderedList - 1 Latch plate
67
Item - 1 Latch plate
67
Item - 2 Buckle
67
Item - 3 Release button
67
Para - Push latch plate (1) into buckle (2) until it clicks. Do not twist the belt. A twisted sea...
67
Para - The lap belt should be positioned as low as possible on your hips and not across the abdomen.
67
Warning - <TABELLE>
67
TBody - <TABELLENHAUPTTEXT>
67
Row - <TABELLENREIHE>
67
Entry - Warning!
67
Para - Warning!
67
Para - Always fasten your seat belt before driving off. Always make sure your passengers are prop...
67
Para - Tighten the lap portion to a snug fit by pulling shoulder portion up.
67
Para - The shoulder portion of the seat belt must be pulled snug and checked for snugness immedia...
67
Para - Adjust seat belt so that shoulder portion is located as close as possible to the middle of...
67
OrderedList - <GRAPHIK>
68
Item - <GRAPHIK>
68
Graphic - <GRAPHIK>
68
Para - To raise, slide belt outlet upward.
68
Para - To lower, press button\x11(4) and slide belt outlet downward.
68
Para - Seat belts:Operation
68
Marker - Seat belts:Operation
68
Bold - Operation of seat belts
68
Para - The inertia reel stops the belt from unwinding during sudden stops or when quickly pulling...
68
Para - The locking function of the reel may be checked by quickly pulling out the belt.
68
Para - Adjust seat belt so that shoulder portion is located as close as possible to the middle of...
68
Caution - Caution!
68
BlockTitle - Caution!
68
Para - For safety reasons, avoid adjusting the seat or seat back into positions which could affec...
68
Subsection - Seat belts:Unfastening
68
Title - Seat belts:Unfastening
68
Marker - Seat belts:Unfastening
68
Para - Press release button\x11(3) in the belt buckle\x11(2).
68
Para - Allow the retractor to completely rewind the seat belt by guiding the latch plate\x11(1).
68
Warning - <TABELLE>
68
TBody - <TABELLENHAUPTTEXT>
68
Row - <TABELLENREIHE>
68
Entry -
68
Row - <TABELLENREIHE>
69
Entry - Warning!
69
Para - Warning!
69
Para - USE SEAT BELTS PROPERLY.
69
Row - <TABELLENREIHE>
69
Entry - • Seat belts can only work when used properly. Never wear seat belts in any other way tha...
69
ItemizedList - • Seat belts can only work when used properly. Never wear seat belts in any other ...
69
Item - • Seat belts can only work when used properly. Never wear seat belts in any other way than...
69
Row - <TABELLENREIHE>
69
Entry - • Each occupant should wear their seat belt at all times, because seat belts help reduce ...
69
ItemizedList - • Each occupant should wear their seat belt at all times, because seat belts help ...
69
Item - • Each occupant should wear their seat belt at all times, because seat belts help reduce t...
69
Row - <TABELLENREIHE>
69
Entry - • Never wear the shoulder belt under your arm, against your neck or off your shoulder. In...
69
ItemizedList - • Never wear the shoulder belt under your arm, against your neck or off your shoul...
69
Item - • Never wear the shoulder belt under your arm, against your neck or off your shoulder. In ...
69
Row - <TABELLENREIHE>
69
Entry - • Never wear belts over rigid or breakable objects in or on your clothing, such as eyegla...
69
ItemizedList - • Never wear belts over rigid or breakable objects in or on your clothing, such as...
69
Item - • Never wear belts over rigid or breakable objects in or on your clothing, such as eyeglas...
69
Row - <TABELLENREIHE>
69
Entry - • Position the lap belt as low as possible on your hips and not across the abdomen. If th...
69
ItemizedList - • Position the lap belt as low as possible on your hips and not across the abdomen...
69
Item - • Position the lap belt as low as possible on your hips and not across the abdomen. If the...
69
Row - <TABELLENREIHE>
69
Entry - • Each seat belt should never be used for more than one person at a time. Do not fasten a...
69
ItemizedList - • Each seat belt should never be used for more than one person at a time. Do not f...
69
Item - • Each seat belt should never be used for more than one person at a time. Do not fasten a ...
69
Row - <TABELLENREIHE>
69
Entry - • Belts should not be worn twisted. In a crash, you wouldn’t have the full width of the b...
69
ItemizedList - • Belts should not be worn twisted. In a crash, you wouldn’t have the full width o...
69
Item - • Belts should not be worn twisted. In a crash, you wouldn’t have the full width of the be...
69
Row - <TABELLENREIHE>
70
Entry - • Pregnant women should also use a lap- shoulder belt. The lap belt portion should be pos...
70
ItemizedList - • Pregnant women should also use a lap- shoulder belt. The lap belt portion should...
70
Item - • Pregnant women should also use a lap- shoulder belt. The lap belt portion should be posi...
70
Row - <TABELLENREIHE>
70
Entry - • Never place your feet on the instrument panel or on the seat. Always keep both feet on ...
70
ItemizedList - • Never place your feet on the instrument panel or on the seat. Always keep both f...
70
Item - • Never place your feet on the instrument panel or on the seat. Always keep both feet on t...
70
Para -
70
Warning - <TABELLE>
70
TBody - <TABELLENHAUPTTEXT>
70
Row - <TABELLENREIHE>
70
Entry - Warning!
70
Para - Warning!
70
Para - USE CHILD RESTRAINTS PROPERLY.
70
Row - <TABELLENREIHE>
70
Entry - Children 12 years old and under must never ride in the front seat, except in a Mercedes-B...
70
Para - Children 12 years old and under must never ride in the front seat, except in a Mercedes-Be...
70
Row - <TABELLENREIHE>
70
Entry - Otherwise they will be struck by the airbag when it inflates in a crash. If this happens,...
70
Para - Otherwise they will be struck by the airbag when it inflates in a crash. If this happens, ...
70
Row - <TABELLENREIHE>
70
Entry - According to accident statistics, children are safer when properly restrained in the rear...
70
Para - According to accident statistics, children are safer when properly restrained in the rear ...
70
Row - <TABELLENREIHE>
70
Entry - A child’s risk of serious or fatal injuries is significantly increased if the child restr...
70
Para - A child’s risk of serious or fatal injuries is significantly increased if the child restra...
70
Row - <TABELLENREIHE>
70
Entry - Children too big for child restraint systems must ride in back seats using regular seat b...
70
Para - Children too big for child restraint systems must ride in back seats using regular seat be...
70
Section - BabySmartTM airbag deactivation system
71
Title - BabySmartTM airbag deactivation system
71
Marker - BabySmartTM airbag deactivation system
71
Para - Special BabySmart
71
Para - The
71
Section - Self-test BabySmart
71
Title - Self-test BabySmart
71
Para - After turning electronic key in starter switch to position\x111 or\x112, the
71
Para - If the indicator lamp should not come on or is continuously lit, the system is not functio...
71
Warning - <TABELLE>
71
TBody - <TABELLENHAUPTTEXT>
71
Row - <TABELLENREIHE>
71
Entry -
71
Row - <TABELLENREIHE>
71
Entry - Warning!
71
Para - Warning!
71
Para - The BabySmart
71
Row - <TABELLENREIHE>
71
Entry - Never place anything between seat cushion and child seat (e.g. pillow), since it reduces ...
71
Para - Never place anything between seat cushion and child seat (e.g. pillow), since it reduces t...
71
Row - <TABELLENREIHE>
71
Entry - Follow the manufacturer’s instructions for installation of special child seats.
71
Para - Follow the manufacturer’s instructions for installation of special child seats.
71
Row - <TABELLENREIHE>
71
Entry - The passenger front airbag will not deploy only if the ü indicator lamp remains illuminated.
71
Para - The passenger front airbag will not deploy only if the
71
Row - <TABELLENREIHE>
71
Entry - Please be sure to check the indicator every time you use the special system child seat. S...
71
Para - Please be sure to check the indicator every time you use the special system child seat. Sh...
71
Para -
71
Para -
71
Para -
71
Footnote - BabySmart
71
Section - Supplemental Restraint System (SRS)
72
Title - Supplemental Restraint System (SRS)
72
Marker - Supplemental Restraint System (SRS)
72
Para - Airbags are intended as a supplement to seat belts. Airbags alone cannot protect as well a...
72
Para - The SRS uses two crash severity levels (thresholds) to activate either the emergency tensi...
72
Para - Seat belt fastened
72
ItemizedList - • first threshold exceeded: ETR activates
72
Item - • first threshold exceeded: ETR activates
72
Item - • second threshold exceeded: airbag also activates
72
Para - Seat belt not fastened
72
Para - Front seats:
72
ItemizedList - • first threshold exceeded: airbag activates, not ETR
72
Item - • first threshold exceeded: airbag activates, not ETR
72
Para - Rear outer seats:
72
ItemizedList - • first threshold exceeded: ETR activates
72
Item - • first threshold exceeded: ETR activates
72
Para - Driver and front passenger and rear outer seat systems operate independently of each other.
72
Section - Emergency tensioning retractor (ETR)
73
Title - Emergency tensioning retractor (ETR)
73
Marker - Emergency tensioning retractor (ETR)
73
Para - The seat belts for the front and rear outer seats are equipped with emergency tensioning r...
73
Para - The emergency tensioning retractors are designed to activate only when the seat belts are ...
73
Para - They remove slack from the belts in such a way that the seat belts fit more snugly against...
73
Para - In cases of other frontal impacts, angled impacts, roll- overs, certain side impacts, or o...
73
Section - Airbags
74
Title - Airbags
74
Marker - Airbags
74
Subsection - Front airbags
74
Title - Front airbags
74
Marker - Front airbags
74
Figure - <GRAPHIK>
74
OrderedList - 1 Driver airbag
74
Item - 1 Driver airbag
74
Item - 2 Front passenger airbag
74
Para - The most effective occupant restraint system yet developed for use in production vehicles ...
74
Para - In conjunction with wearing the seat belts, the driver and front passenger airbags can pro...
74
Para - Side impact and head protection window curtain airbags can provide increased protection to...
74
Para - The operational readiness of the airbag system is verified by the indicator lamp
74
Para - The following system components are monitored or undergo a self-check: crash-sensor(s), ai...
75
Para - Initially, when the electronic key is turned from starter switch position\x110 to position\x111 ...
75
Para - Have the system checked at your authorized Mercedes\x15Benz Center immediately
75
Para - In the operational mode, after the indicator lamp has gone out following the initial check...
75
Warning - <TABELLE>
75
TBody - <TABELLENHAUPTTEXT>
75
Row - <TABELLENREIHE>
75
Entry - Warning!
75
Para - Warning!
75
Para - In the event a malfunction of the
75
Note - Note:
75
BlockTitle - Note:
75
Para - See page\x11
75
Para - The driver and passenger front airbags are designed to activate only in certain frontal im...
76
Note - Note:
76
BlockTitle - Note:
76
Para - Heavy objects on the front passenger seat can appear to the
76
Subsection - Side impact airbags
77
Title - Side impact airbags
77
Marker - Side impact airbags
77
Figure - <GRAPHIK>
77
OrderedList - 3 Side impact airbags
77
Item - 3 Side impact airbags
77
Item - 4 Window curtain airbags
77
Subsection - Side impact airbags
77
Title - Side impact airbags
77
Marker - Side impact airbags
77
Para - The side impact airbags are designed to activate only in certain side impacts exceeding a ...
77
Para - The side impact airbag for the front passenger deploys only if the front passenger seat is...
77
Para - Side impact airbags operate best in conjunction with a properly positioned and fastened se...
77
Note - Note:
77
BlockTitle - Note:
77
Para - Heavy objects on front passenger seat can cause the front passenger side impact airbag to ...
77
Subsection - Window curtain airbag
77
Title - Window curtain airbag
77
Marker - Window curtain airbag
77
Para - The head protection window curtain airbags afford greater protection against injuries to t...
77
Para - The window curtain airbags are designed to activate only in certain side impacts exceeding...
78
Important - Important!
78
BlockTitle - Important!
78
Para - Airbags are designed to activate only in certain frontal (front airbags) impacts, or side ...
78
Bold - Airbags are designed to activate only in certain frontal (front airbags) impacts, or side ...
78
Para - Only during these types of impacts, if of sufficient severity to meet the deployment thres...
78
Bold - Only during these types of impacts, if of sufficient severity to meet the deployment thres...
78
Para - The driver and passenger should always wear their seat belts, otherwise it is not possible...
78
Bold - The driver and passenger should always wear their seat belts, otherwise it is not possible...
78
Para - In cases of other frontal impacts, angled impacts, roll-overs, other side impacts, rear co...
78
Bold - In cases of other frontal impacts, angled impacts, roll-overs, other side impacts, rear co...
78
Para - We caution you not to rely on the presence of the airbags in order to avoid wearing your s...
78
Bold - We caution you not to rely on the presence of the airbags in order to avoid wearing your s...
78
Warning - <TABELLE>
78
TBody - <TABELLENHAUPTTEXT>
78
Row - <TABELLENREIHE>
78
Entry -
78
Row - <TABELLENREIHE>
79
Entry - Warning!
79
Para - Warning!
79
Para - Airbags are designed to reduce the potential of injury in certain frontal (front airbags) ...
79
Row - <TABELLENREIHE>
79
Entry - The activation of the “SRS” temporarily releases a small amount of dust from the airbags....
79
Para - The activation of the
79
Row - <TABELLENREIHE>
79
Entry - The service life of the airbags extends to the date indicated on the label located on the...
79
Para - The service life of the airbags extends to the date indicated on the label located on the ...
79
Para - Your vehicle was originally equipped with airbags which are designed to activate in certai...
79
Bold - Your vehicle was originally equipped with airbags which are designed to activate in certai...
79
Warning - <TABELLE>
79
TBody - <TABELLENHAUPTTEXT>
79
Row - <TABELLENREIHE>
79
Entry - Warning!
79
Para - Warning!
79
Para - To reduce the risk of injury when the front airbags inflate, it is very important for the ...
79
Row - <TABELLENREIHE>
79
Entry - For maximum protection in the event of a collision always be in normal seated position wi...
79
Para - For maximum protection in the event of a collision always be in normal seated position wit...
79
Row - <TABELLENREIHE>
79
Entry - Since the airbag inflates with considerable speed and force, a proper seating and hands o...
79
Para - Since the airbag inflates with considerable speed and force, a proper seating and hands on...
79
Row - <TABELLENREIHE>
80
Entry - • Sit properly belted in an upright position with your back against the backrest.
80
ItemizedList - • Sit properly belted in an upright position with your back against the backrest.
80
Item - • Sit properly belted in an upright position with your back against the backrest.
80
Row - <TABELLENREIHE>
80
Entry - • Adjust the driver seat as far as possible rearward, still permitting proper operation o...
80
ItemizedList - • Adjust the driver seat as far as possible rearward, still permitting proper oper...
80
Item - • Adjust the driver seat as far as possible rearward, still permitting proper operation of...
80
Row - <TABELLENREIHE>
80
Entry - • Do not lean with your head or chest close to the steering wheel or dashboard.
80
ItemizedList - • Do not lean with your head or chest close to the steering wheel or dashboard.
80
Item - • Do not lean with your head or chest close to the steering wheel or dashboard.
80
Row - <TABELLENREIHE>
80
Entry - • Keep hands on the outside of steering wheel rim. Placing hands and arms inside the rim ...
80
ItemizedList - • Keep hands on the outside of steering wheel rim. Placing hands and arms inside t...
80
Item - • Keep hands on the outside of steering wheel rim. Placing hands and arms inside the rim c...
80
Row - <TABELLENREIHE>
80
Entry - • Adjust the front passenger seat as far as possible rearward from the dashboard when the...
80
ItemizedList - • Adjust the front passenger seat as far as possible rearward from the dashboard w...
80
Item - • Adjust the front passenger seat as far as possible rearward from the dashboard when the ...
80
Row - <TABELLENREIHE>
80
Entry - • Occupants, especially children, should never lean their heads in the area of the door w...
80
ItemizedList - • Occupants, especially children, should never lean their heads in the area of the...
80
Item - • Occupants, especially children, should never lean their heads in the area of the door wh...
80
Row - <TABELLENREIHE>
80
Entry - • Children 12 years old and under must never ride in the front seat, except in a Mercedes...
80
ItemizedList - • Children 12 years old and under must never ride in the front seat, except in a M...
80
Item - • Children 12 years old and under must never ride in the front seat, except in a Mercedes\x15...
80
Row - <TABELLENREIHE>
80
Entry - Failure to follow these instructions can result in severe injuries to you or other occupa...
80
Para - Failure to follow these instructions can result in severe injuries to you or other occupants.
80
Subsection - Safety guidelines for the seat \tbelt, emergency tensioning \tretractor and airbag
81
Title - Safety guidelines for the seat \tbelt, emergency tensioning \tretractor and airbag
81
Marker - Safety guidelines for the seat \tbelt, emergency tensioning \tretractor and airbag
81
Warning - <TABELLE>
81
TBody - <TABELLENHAUPTTEXT>
81
Row - <TABELLENREIHE>
81
Entry - Warning!
81
Para - Warning!
81
ItemizedList - • Damaged seat belts or belts that were highly stressed in an accident must be rep...
81
Item - • Damaged seat belts or belts that were highly stressed in an accident must be replaced an...
81
Row - <TABELLENREIHE>
81
Entry - • Airbags and “ETR’s” are designed to function on a one-time-only basis. An airbag or eme...
81
ItemizedList - • Airbags and
81
Item - • Airbags and
81
Row - <TABELLENREIHE>
81
Entry - • No modifications of any kind may be made to any components or wiring of the “SRS”. This...
81
ItemizedList - • No modifications of any kind may be made to any components or wiring of the
81
Item - • No modifications of any kind may be made to any components or wiring of the
81
Row - <TABELLENREIHE>
81
Entry - • Do not pass belts over sharp edges.
81
ItemizedList - • Do not pass belts over sharp edges.
81
Item - • Do not pass belts over sharp edges.
81
Row - <TABELLENREIHE>
81
Entry - • Do not make any modification that could change the effectiveness of the belts.
81
ItemizedList - • Do not make any modification that could change the effectiveness of the belts.
81
Item - • Do not make any modification that could change the effectiveness of the belts.
81
Row - <TABELLENREIHE>
81
Entry - • Do not use handles above doors for placing such items as coat hangers etc.
81
ItemizedList - • Do not use handles above doors for placing such items as coat hangers etc.
81
Item - • Do not use handles above doors for placing such items as coat hangers etc.
81
Row - <TABELLENREIHE>
81
Entry - • An airbag system component within the steering wheel gets hot after the airbag has infl...
81
ItemizedList - • An airbag system component within the steering wheel gets hot after the airbag h...
81
Item - • An airbag system component within the steering wheel gets hot after the airbag has infla...
81
Row - <TABELLENREIHE>
81
Entry - • Improper work on the system, including incorrect installation and removal, can lead to ...
81
ItemizedList - • Improper work on the system, including incorrect installation and removal, can l...
81
Item - • Improper work on the system, including incorrect installation and removal, can lead to p...
81
Row - <TABELLENREIHE>
81
Entry - • In addition, through improper work there is a risk of rendering the “SRS” inoperative o...
81
ItemizedList - • In addition, through improper work there is a risk of rendering the
81
Item - • In addition, through improper work there is a risk of rendering the
81
Row - <TABELLENREIHE>
81
Entry -
81
Row - <TABELLENREIHE>
82
Entry - • For your protection and the protection of others, when scrapping the airbag unit or eme...
82
ItemizedList - • For your protection and the protection of others, when scrapping the airbag unit...
82
Item - • For your protection and the protection of others, when scrapping the airbag unit or emer...
82
Row - <TABELLENREIHE>
82
Entry - • Given the considerable deployment speed and the textile structure of the airbags, there...
82
ItemizedList - • Given the considerable deployment speed and the textile structure of the airbags...
82
Item - • Given the considerable deployment speed and the textile structure of the airbags, there ...
82
Para - When you sell your vehicle we strongly urge you to give notice to the subsequent owner tha...
82
Subsection - Infant and child restraint systems
82
Title - Infant and child restraint systems
82
Marker - Infant and child restraint systems
82
Para - We recommend all infants and children be properly restrained at all times while the vehicl...
82
Para - To activate, pull shoulder belt out completely and let it retract. During the seat belt re...
82
Para - To deactivate, release seat belt buckle and let seat belt retract completely. The seat bel...
82
Note - Note:
82
BlockTitle - Note:
82
Para - For child seats with mounting fittings for tether anchorages refer to page\x11
82
Warning - <TABELLE>
82
TBody - <TABELLENHAUPTTEXT>
82
Row - <TABELLENREIHE>
82
Entry - Warning!
82
Para - Warning!
82
Para - Never release the seat belt buckle while vehicle is in motion, since the special seat belt...
82
Important - Important!
83
BlockTitle - Important!
83
Para - The use of infant or child restraints is required by law in all 50\x11states and all Canadian...
83
Para - Infants and small children should be seated in an appropriate infant or child restraint sy...
83
Para - When using any infant or child restraint system, be sure to carefully read and follow all ...
83
Para - Please read and observe warning labels affixed to the inside of the vehicle and to infant ...
83
Warning - <TABELLE>
83
TBody - <TABELLENHAUPTTEXT>
83
Row - <TABELLENREIHE>
83
Entry -
83
Row - <TABELLENREIHE>
83
Entry - Warning!
83
Para - Warning!
83
Para - Children 12 years old and under must never ride in the front seat, except in a Mercedes-Be...
83
Row - <TABELLENREIHE>
83
Entry - According to accident statistics, children are safer when properly restrained in the rear...
83
Para - According to accident statistics, children are safer when properly restrained in the rear ...
83
Row - <TABELLENREIHE>
83
Entry -
83
Row - <TABELLENREIHE>
84
Entry - Infants and small children should never share a seat belt with another occupant. During a...
84
Para - Infants and small children should never share a seat belt with another occupant. During an...
84
Row - <TABELLENREIHE>
84
Entry - Children too big for child restraint systems must ride in back seats using regular seat b...
84
Para - Children too big for child restraint systems must ride in back seats using regular seat be...
84
Row - <TABELLENREIHE>
84
Entry - When the child restraint is not in use, remove it from the vehicle or secure it with the ...
84
Para - When the child restraint is not in use, remove it from the vehicle or secure it with the s...
84
Subsection - Infant and child restraint systems:Installation
84
Title - Infant and child restraint systems:Installation
84
Marker - Infant and child restraint systems:Installation
84
Figure - <GRAPHIK>
84
Para - This vehicle is provided with tether anchorages for a top tether strap at each of the rear...
84
Para - Prior to installing a tether strap, remove cover\x11(1) from anchorage ring\x11(2) and store in ...
84
Subsection -
85
Title -
85
Figure - <GRAPHIK>
85
Para - To secure a tether strap to the anchorage, securely fasten the hook\x11(3), which is part of ...
85
Para - After removing the tether strap, reinstall the cover\x11(1).
85
Subsection - Infant and child restraint systems:Child seat mounts
85
Title - Infant and child restraint systems:Child seat mounts
85
Marker - Infant and child restraint systems:Child seat mounts
85
Figure - <GRAPHIK>
85
Para - This vehicle is provided with two mounts (at each of the outer rear seats) for the install...
85
Para - To install a child seat, the mounts\x11(1) must be folded forward until they lock in place. T...
85
Para - To fold mounts\x11(1) back, press down button (2) on each mount and return mount into its catch.
86
Note - Note:
86
BlockTitle - Note:
86
Para - With a child seat installed in the left rear seat, the seat belt for the center seat occup...
86
Section - Steering wheel adjustment
86
Title - Steering wheel adjustment
86
Figure - <GRAPHIK>
86
Warning - <TABELLE>
86
TBody - <TABELLENHAUPTTEXT>
86
Row - <TABELLENREIHE>
86
Entry - Warning!
86
Para - Warning!
86
Para - Do not adjust the steering wheel while driving. Adjusting the steering wheel while driving...
86
Para - Unlocking:
87
Para - Pull handle\x11(1) out to its stop.
87
Para - Adjusting:
87
Para - Move steering wheel to the desired position.
87
Para - Locking:
87
Para - Push handle\x11(1) in until it engages.
87
Important - Important!
87
BlockTitle - Important!
87
Para - Do not drive the vehicle until you have properly locked the steering column.
87
Para - See
87
Section - Steering wheel adjustment
88
Title - Steering wheel adjustment
88
Marker - Steering wheel adjustment
88
Warning - <TABELLE>
88
TBody - <TABELLENHAUPTTEXT>
88
Row - <TABELLENREIHE>
88
Entry - Warning!
88
Para - Warning!
88
Para - Do not adjust the steering wheel while driving. Adjusting the steering wheel while driving...
88
Row - <TABELLENREIHE>
88
Entry - When leaving the vehicle always remove the electronic key from the starter switch and loc...
88
Para - When leaving the vehicle always remove the electronic key from the starter switch and lock...
88
Row - <TABELLENREIHE>
88
Entry - The steering wheel adjustment feature can also be operated with the driver’s door open. D...
88
Para - The steering wheel adjustment feature can also be operated with the driver’s door open. Do...
88
Para - To adjust the steering wheel position, turn the electronic key in starter switch to positi...
88
Para - <GRAPHIK>
88
Graphic - <GRAPHIK>
88
Marker - P68.00-2011-26
88
OrderedList - 1 Steering column, lengthen or shorten column
88
Item - 1 Steering column, lengthen or shorten column
88
Bold - 1 Steering column, lengthen or shorten column
88
ItemPara - Move the switch to the front or rear.
88
Item - 2 Steering column, height
88
Bold - 2 Steering column, height
88
ItemPara - Move the switch up or down.
88
Note - Note:
88
BlockTitle - Note:
88
Para - The steering wheel adjustment can be stored together with the seat and exterior mirror adj...
88
Section - Rear view mirrors
89
Title - Rear view mirrors
89
Marker - Rear view mirrors
89
Subsection - Inside rear view mirror
89
Title - Inside rear view mirror
89
Para - Manually adjust the mirror.
89
Subtitle - Rear view mirror, automatic antiglare
89
Bold - Rear view mirror, automatic antiglare
89
Para - Antiglare mode: With the electronic key in starter switch position\x112, the mirror reflectio...
89
Para - With the gear selector lever in position
89
Note - Note:
89
BlockTitle - Note:
89
Para - The automatic antiglare function does not react, if incoming light is not aimed directly a...
89
Warning - <TABELLE>
89
TBody - <TABELLENHAUPTTEXT>
89
Row - <TABELLENREIHE>
89
Entry - Warning!
89
Para - Warning!
89
Para - In the case of an accident liquid electrolyte may escape the mirror housing when the mirro...
89
Row - <TABELLENREIHE>
89
Entry - Electrolyte has an irritating effect. Do not allow the liquid come into contact with eyes...
89
Para - Electrolyte has an irritating effect. Do not allow the liquid come into contact with eyes,...
89
Subsection - P88.70-0279-26
90
Title - P88.70-0279-26
90
Marker - P88.70-0279-26
90
Figure - <GRAPHIK>
90
Para - The buttons are located above the exterior lamp switch. The memory button\x11(4) is located o...
90
Warning - <TABELLE>
90
TBody - <TABELLENHAUPTTEXT>
90
Row - <TABELLENREIHE>
90
Entry - Warning!
90
Para - Warning!
90
Para - Exercise care when using the passenger side exterior mirror. The mirror surface is convex ...
90
Subtitle - Exterior mirror adjustment
90
Bold - Exterior mirror adjustment
90
Para - Turn the electronic key in starter switch to position\x111 or\x112.
90
Para - Push button to select mirror to be adjusted: Driver’s side – Push button (1). Passenger si...
90
Para - Push the adjustment button (3) up, down, left or right according to the setting desired.
90
Note - Notes:
90
BlockTitle - Notes:
90
Para - The exterior rear view mirrors have electrically heated glass. The heater switches on auto...
90
Para - If an exterior mirror housing is forcibly pivoted from its normal position, it must be rep...
90
Subtitle - Storing mirror positions in memory
90
Bold - Storing mirror positions in memory
90
Para - The exterior rear view mirror positions are stored in memory with the seat\x12/\x12steering whee...
90
Subtitle - Parking position exterior mirror
91
Bold - Parking position exterior mirror
91
Para - The passenger side exterior mirror can be adjusted and programmed to assist the driver dur...
91
Para - With the electronic key in starter switch position\x112, and the exterior rear view mirror sw...
91
Note - Note:
91
BlockTitle - Note:
91
Para - The mirror adjustment is only active if you select
91
Para - The mirror position can now be adjusted as desired.
91
Para - At speeds above approximately 6\x11mph (10\x11km\x12/\x12h), upon shifting gear selector lever from
91
Para - To store passenger mirror parking position:
92
OrderedList - 1. Turn the electronic key in starter switch to position\x111 or\x112.
92
Item - 1. Turn the electronic key in starter switch to position\x111 or\x112.
92
ItemPara - The vehicle must be stationary.
92
Item - 2. Select passenger side mirror and adjust the mirror to view the curb.
92
Item - 3. Push the memory button\x11
92
Item - 4. Within 3\x11seconds push bottom of adjustment button\x11(3). The mirror should not move.
92
ItemPara - Repeat the memory procedure if the mirror moves.
92
Item - 5. Select driver side mirror. The passenger side mirror will return to its previous position.
92
Note - Note:
92
BlockTitle - Note:
92
Para - One stored parking position is available for each of the two electronic main keys.
92
Para - This is only possible if you select
92
Subtitle - Driver’s side exterior mirror, antiglare mode
93
Bold - Driver’s side exterior mirror, antiglare mode
93
Para - Antiglare mode: With the electronic key in starter switch position\x112, the mirror reflectio...
93
Para - With the gear selector lever in position\x11
93
Note - Note:
93
BlockTitle - Note:
93
Para - The automatic antiglare function does not react, if incoming light is not aimed directly a...
93
Para -
93
Para -
93
Para -
93
Para -
93
Para -
93
Warning - <TABELLE>
93
TBody - <TABELLENHAUPTTEXT>
93
Row - <TABELLENREIHE>
93
Entry -
93
Row - <TABELLENREIHE>
93
Entry - Warning!
93
Para - Warning!
93
Para - In the case of an accident liquid electrolyte may escape the mirror housing when the mirro...
93
Row - <TABELLENREIHE>
93
Entry - Electrolyte has an irritating effect. Do not allow the liquid come into contact with eyes...
93
Para - Electrolyte has an irritating effect. Do not allow the liquid come into contact with eyes,...
93
Important - Important!
93
BlockTitle - Important!
93
Para - Electrolyte drops coming into contact with the vehicle paint finish can only be completely...
93
Section - Memory function
94
Title - Memory function
94
Marker - Memory function
94
Figure - <GRAPHIK>
94
Para - The memory and stored position buttons are located on the doors.
94
OrderedList - 1 Memory button, used to store selected positions which can be retrieved by pressing
94
Item - 1 Memory button, used to store selected positions which can be retrieved by pressing
94
Item - 2 Stored position button Turn to position\x11
94
Para - Together with the driver’s seat position you can store the positions for steering wheel an...
94
Para - For the front passenger you can store the seat position.
94
Para - Three stored positions for the driver’s seat are available for each of the two electronic ...
94
Subsection - Storing positions into memory:
95
Title - Storing positions into memory:
95
Para - With the electronic key in starter switch position\x111 or\x112 or with the relevant door open a...
95
Para - Adjust the seat to the desired position.
95
Para - Driver’s seat: You can also adjust the steering wheel and the exterior mirrors electricall...
95
Para - Turn button (2) to selected memory position.
95
Para - Push memory button\x11(1), release and push the position button\x11(2) within 3\x11seconds.
95
Subsection - Recalling positions from memory:
95
Title - Recalling positions from memory:
95
Para - To recall a seat\x12\x12/\x12steering wheel and exterior rear view mirror position, turn button (2)...
95
Para - The seat\x12/\x12\x12steering wheel and exterior rear view mirror movement stops when the button is...
95
Caution - Caution!
95
BlockTitle - Caution!
95
Para - Do not operate the power seats using the memory button if the backrest is in an excessivel...
95
Para - First move backrest to an upright position.
95
Important - Important!
96
BlockTitle - Important!
96
Para - Prior to operating the vehicle, the driver should check and adjust if necessary the seat h...
96
Para - In addition, also adjust the steering wheel to ensure adequate control, reach, operation a...
96
Para - Fasten seat belts. Infants and small children should be seated in a properly secured restr...
96
Para - All seat, head restraint, steering wheel, and rear view mirror adjustments as well as fast...
96
Warning - <TABELLE>
96
TBody - <TABELLENHAUPTTEXT>
96
Row - <TABELLENREIHE>
96
Entry -
96
Row - <TABELLENREIHE>
96
Entry - Warning!
96
Para - Warning!
96
Para - Children 12\x11years old and under must never ride in the front seat, except in a Mercedes-Be...
96
Row - <TABELLENREIHE>
96
Entry - According to accident statistics, children are safer when properly restrained in the rear...
96
Para - According to accident statistics, children are safer when properly restrained in the rear ...
96
Row - <TABELLENREIHE>
96
Entry - A child’s risk of serious or fatal injuries is significantly increased if the child restr...
96
Para - A child’s risk of serious or fatal injuries is significantly increased if the child restra...
96
Section - Instrument cluster
97
Title - Instrument cluster
97
Marker - Instrument cluster
97
Figure - <GRAPHIK>
97
OrderedList - 1 Knob for instrument cluster illumination, see\x11page\x11
98
Item - 1 Knob for instrument cluster illumination, see\x11page\x11
98
Item - 2 Tachometer
98
Item - 3 Antilock brake system (ABS) malfunction indicator lamp, see page\x11
98
Item - 4 Brake fluid low or parking brake engaged, see\x11page\x11
98
Item - 5 Speedometer
98
Item - 6 Left turn signal indicator lamp, see\x11combination switch on\x11page\x11
98
Item - 7 Electronic stability program (ESP) warning lamp, system is adjusting to road conditions,...
98
Item - 8 Indicator lamp without function. It illuminates with the electronic key in starter switc...
98
Item - 9 CHECK ENGINE
98
CapLetter - 9 CHECK ENGINE
98
Item - 10 High beam headlamp indicator, see\x11exterior lamp switch, page\x11
98
Item - 11 High beam headlamp indicator, exterior lamp switch, see page\x11
98
Item - 12 Multifunction display, see page\x11
98
Item - 13 Trip odometer, see page\x11
98
Item - 14 Main odometer, see page\x11
98
Item - 15 Display for program mode and gear range indicators, page\x11
98
Item - 16 Malfunction/warning message memory, see\x11page\x11
98
Item - 17 Outside temperature indicator, see page\x11
98
Item - 18 Digital clock To set the time, see individual settings on page\x11
98
Item - 19 Right turn signal indicator lamp, see\x11combination switch on page\x11
98
Item - 20 Fasten seat belts, see page\x11
98
Item - 21 Supplemental\x11restraint\x11system (SRS) malfunction indicator lamp, see page\x11
98
Item - 22 Fuel gauge with reserve and fuel cap placement warning lamp, see page\x11
98
Subsection - Activating instrument cluster display
99
Title - Activating instrument cluster display
99
Para - The instrument cluster is activated by:
99
ItemizedList - • Opening the door
99
Item - • Opening the door
99
Item - • Pressing button\x11(1) on the instrument cluster
99
Item - • Turning the electronic key in starter switch to position\x111 or\x112.
99
Item - • Switching on the exterior lamps.
99
Footnote - 1 The instrument cluster is activated for approximately 30\x11seconds.
99
Subsection - Instrument cluster illumination
99
Title - Instrument cluster illumination
99
Para - The instrument cluster illumination is dimmed or brightened automatically to suit daylight...
99
Para - The instrument cluster illumination will also be adjusted when the vehicle’s exterior lamp...
99
Para - Display illumination, changing basic settings for driving at dusk or in darkness:
99
Para - Rotate adjusting knob (1) clockwise – instrument lamp intensity increases.
99
Para - Rotate adjusting knob (1) counterclockwise – instrument lamp intensity decreases.
99
Note - Note:
99
BlockTitle - Note:
99
Para - It is not possible to select a basic brightness setting in daylight – the intensity is adj...
99
Subsection - Outside temperature indicator (17)
100
Title - Outside temperature indicator (17)
100
Warning - <TABELLE>
100
TBody - <TABELLENHAUPTTEXT>
100
Row - <TABELLENREIHE>
100
Entry - Warning!
100
Para - Warning!
100
Para - The outside temperature indicator is not designed to serve as an Ice-Warning Device and is...
100
Para - The temperature sensor is located in the front bumper area. Due to its location, the senso...
100
Para - Adaption to ambient temperature takes place in steps and depends on the prevailing driving...
100
Note - Note:
100
BlockTitle - Note:
100
Para - The temperature indicator display can be set to read out in either Fahrenheit or Celsius. ...
100
Subsection - Trip odometer (13)
100
Title - Trip odometer (13)
100
Para - To reset to
100
Para - Activate the instrument cluster if it is not already activated, see page\x11
100
Para - Press button
100
Para - Press button\x11(1) on the instrument cluster, see page\x11
100
Subsection - Tachometer (2)
100
Title - Tachometer (2)
100
Para - The red marking on the tachometer denotes excessive engine speed.
100
Para - Avoid this engine speed, as it may result in serious engine damage that is not covered by ...
100
Para - To help protect the engine, the fuel supply is interrupted if the engine is operated withi...
100
Section - Multifunction steering wheel
101
Title - Multifunction steering wheel
101
Marker - Multifunction steering wheel
101
Figure - <GRAPHIK>
101
Para - Depending on your vehicle’s equipment, you may use the buttons on the multifunction steeri...
102
OrderedList - 1 Trip odometer and main odometer, see page\x11
102
Item - 1 Trip odometer and main odometer, see page\x11
102
ItemPara - Flexible service system (FSS), see\x11page\x11
102
Item - 2 Audio systems, see\x11page\x11
102
ItemPara - Radio, see\x11page\x11
102
Item - 3 Navigation system, see\x11page\x11
102
Item - 4 Malfunction message memory, see page\x11
102
Item - 5 Individual settings, see page\x11
102
Item - 6 Trip computer, see\x11page\x11
102
ItemPara - After start After reset Fuel tank content
102
Item - 7 Telephone, see\x11page\x11
102
Para - Press the
102
Para - The display advances by one system each time the button is pressed.
102
Para - You may call up additional displays within some of these categories by pressing the
102
Warning - <TABELLE>
102
TBody - <TABELLENHAUPTTEXT>
102
Row - <TABELLENREIHE>
102
Entry -
102
Row - <TABELLENREIHE>
103
Entry - Warning!
103
Para - Warning!
103
Para - A driver’s attention to the road must always be his\x12/ her primary focus when driving.
103
Row - <TABELLENREIHE>
103
Entry - For your safety and the safety of others, selecting features through the multifunction st...
103
Para - For your safety and the safety of others, selecting features through the multifunction ste...
103
Note - Note:
103
BlockTitle - Note:
103
Para - The displays in the multifunction display can be set to German, English, French, Italian o...
103
Para - The displays for the audio systems (radio, CD player, cassette player) will appear in Engl...
103
OrderedList - <GRAPHIK>
104
Item - <GRAPHIK>
104
Graphic - <GRAPHIK>
104
Item - 2 Multifunction steering wheel
104
Para - Turn the electronic key in starter switch to position\x111 or\x112.
104
Para - Press button:
104
OrderedList - 3 è
104
Item - 3 è
104
SpecialChar - 3 è
104
Item - 4 Ø
104
SpecialChar - 4 Ø
104
Item - 5 j
104
SpecialChar - 5 j
104
Item - 6 k
104
SpecialChar - 6 k
104
Item - 7 æ
104
SpecialChar - 7 æ
104
Item - 8 ç
104
SpecialChar - 8 ç
104
Item - 9 í
104
SpecialChar - 9 í
104
Item - 10 ì
104
SpecialChar - 10 ì
104
ItemPara - See page\x11
104
Item - 11 Horn pad
104
Para - Press the
104
Para - The display advances by one system each time the button is pressed.
104
Para - You may call up additional displays in some systems by pressing the
104
Section - Trip and main odometer, FSS, coolant temperature, vehicle speed, engine oil level indicato
105
Title - Trip and main odometer, FSS, coolant temperature, vehicle speed, engine oil level indicator
105
Marker - Trip and main odometer, FSS, coolant temperature, vehicle speed, engine oil level indicator
105
Figure - <GRAPHIK>
105
OrderedList - 1 Trip odometer and main odometer See page\x11
106
Item - 1 Trip odometer and main odometer See page\x11
106
Item - 2 Coolant temperature gauge, see page\x11
106
Item - 3 Vehicle speed if
106
ItemPara - Outside temperature if
106
Item - 4 FSS (Flexible service system), see page\x11
106
Item - 5 Engine oil level indicator, see\x11page\x11
106
Para - Press
106
Para - Press the
106
Para - Pressing the
106
Section - Audio systems
107
Title - Audio systems
107
Marker - Audio systems
107
Subsection - Audio systems:Radio
107
Title - Audio systems:Radio
107
Marker - Audio systems:Radio
107
Figure - <GRAPHIK>
107
OrderedList - 1 Audio system is switched off.
107
Item - 1 Audio system is switched off.
107
Item - 2 The radio is switched on.
107
Item - 3 Wave band setting and memory location number, where appropriate.
107
Item - 4 Station name setting or station frequency.
107
Item - 5 This only appears when
107
Para - The radio must be switched on.
107
Para - Press the
107
Para - Press button
107
Para - Use the
107
Para - Pressing the
107
Subsection - Audio systems:CD Player
108
Title - Audio systems:CD Player
108
Marker - Audio systems:CD Player
108
Figure - <GRAPHIK>
108
OrderedList - 1 Radio system is switched off.
108
Item - 1 Radio system is switched off.
108
Item - 2 The CD player is switched on.
108
Item - 3 The number of the CD currently playing is displayed if you are using a CD changer.
108
Item - 4 Track number.
108
Para - TITLE
108
Quotes - TITLE
108
Para - TRACK
108
Quotes - TRACK
108
Para - The radio must be switched on.
108
Para - The CD player must be switched on.
108
Para - Press the
108
Para - Press the
108
Para - Pressing the
108
Note - Note:
108
BlockTitle - Note:
108
Para - To select a
108
Subsection - Audio systems:Cassette player
109
Title - Audio systems:Cassette player
109
Marker - Audio systems:Cassette player
109
Figure - <GRAPHIK>
109
OrderedList - 1 Audio system is switched off.
109
Item - 1 Audio system is switched off.
109
Item - 2 The cassette player is switched on.
109
Item - 3 Side being played.
109
Para - The radio must be switched on.
109
Para - The cassette player must be switched on.
109
Para - Press the
109
Para - Pressing the
109
Para - Pressing the
109
Para - Pressing the
109
Note - Notes:
109
BlockTitle - Notes:
109
Para - To select the reverse side of the tape, press button below track number on the audio syste...
109
Section - Telephone
110
Title - Telephone
110
Marker - Telephone
110
Subsection - Telephone:Telephone book
110
Title - Telephone:Telephone book
110
Marker - Telephone:Telephone book
110
Figure - <GRAPHIK>
110
OrderedList - 1 The telephone is switched off.
110
Item - 1 The telephone is switched off.
110
Item - 2 The vehicle is currently outside the transmitter or receiver range.
110
Item - 3 The telephone is ready for use.
110
Item - 4 Name selected from the telephone book.
110
Item - 5 Number for the name selected. The dialing commences.
110
Item - 6 Dialing is completed. The name is displayed. The display remains for the duration of the...
110
Item - 7 Duration of call
110
Item - 8 Memory location number
110
Item - 9 Signal strength (in top right corner): Vehicles with audio system: the higher the number...
110
Para - The telephone must be switched on.
111
Para - Press the
111
Para - Pressing
111
Note - Note:
111
BlockTitle - Note:
111
Para - Press the
111
Para - The procedure is cancelled and display\x11(4) appears.
111
Para - Press the
111
Para - The name will be displayed when dialing is completed. Display (6) remains for the duration...
111
Para - Pressing the
111
Para - Pressing the
111
Subsection - Telephone:Redialing
112
Title - Telephone:Redialing
112
Marker - Telephone:Redialing
112
Figure - <GRAPHIK>
112
OrderedList - 1 The telephone is ready for use.
112
Item - 1 The telephone is ready for use.
112
Item - 2 Number or name stored in the redial memory.
112
Item - 3 Number in the redial memory — redialing has commenced.
112
Item - 4 Dialing is complete and the name stored in the telephone book is displayed or the number...
112
Item - 5 Signal strength: Vehicles with audio system (in top right corner): the higher the number...
112
Item - 6 Memory location numbers — the 10 most recently dialed numbers are stored. L0, most recen...
112
Item - 7 Duration of call.
112
Para - The telephone must be switched on.
113
Para - Press the
113
Para - Pressing the
113
Para - Pressing the
113
Note - Note:
113
BlockTitle - Note:
113
Para - Press the
113
Para - The procedure is cancelled and display\x11(1) appears.
113
Para - Press the
113
Para - Once dialing is complete the name\x11(4) is displayed if the name is stored in the telephone ...
113
Para - Pressing the
113
Para - Pressing the
113
Subsection - Telephone:Incoming call
114
Title - Telephone:Incoming call
114
Marker - Telephone:Incoming call
114
Figure - <GRAPHIK>
114
Para - The telephone must be switched on.
114
OrderedList - call
114
Item - call
114
DisplayMess - call
114
Item - 2 Signal strength: Vehicles with audio system (in top right corner): the higher the number...
114
Para - Press the
114
Para - Press the
114
Section - Navigation system
115
Title - Navigation system
115
Marker - Navigation system
115
Figure - <GRAPHIK>
115
OrderedList - 1 The navigation system is switched off.
115
Item - 1 The navigation system is switched off.
115
Item - 2 The navigation system is switched on but no destination has been specified.
115
Item - 3 The navigation system is switched on and destination guidance is active.
115
Para - Press the
115
Para - See the separate
115
Para - Pressing the
115
Section - Trip computer
116
Title - Trip computer
116
Marker - Trip computer
116
Figure - <GRAPHIK>
116
OrderedList - After\x11start
116
Item - After\x11start
116
DisplayMess - After\x11start
116
Item - After\x11reset
116
DisplayMess - After\x11reset
116
Item - 3 Estimated range remaining
116
Item - 4 Distance covered
116
Item - 5 Elapsed time
116
Item - 6 Average speed
116
Item - 7 Average fuel consumption
116
Para - Press the button
116
Para - Press the
116
Para - Pressing the
116
Note - Note:
116
BlockTitle - Note:
116
Para - The display (1) always appears the next time the trip computer is called up.
116
Subsection - To reset the short
117
Title - To reset the short
117
Para - Call up the relevant display\x11(1\x11or\x112) using the
117
Note - Note:
117
BlockTitle - Note:
117
Para - The
117
Section - Malfunction/warning message memory
118
Title - Malfunction/warning message memory
118
Marker - Malfunction/warning message memory
118
Figure - <GRAPHIK>
118
OrderedList - 1 There are no messages stored in the system.
118
Item - 1 There are no messages stored in the system.
118
Item - 2 Number of messages stored in the system.
118
Item - 3 There are messages stored in the system.
118
Para - Press the
118
Para - Press the
118
Para - See page\x11
118
Para - Display\x11(2) will reappear after you have scanned all the malfunction and warning messages.
118
Para - Should any malfunction or warning messages be stored while driving, they will reappear in ...
118
Para - The malfunction or warning messages will now be displayed for approximately 5\x11seconds each.
118
Para - Pressing the reset knob on the instrument cluster (see\x11page\x11
118
Para - The message memory will be cleared when the electronic key is turned in the starter switch...
119
Para - Pressing the
119
Important - Important!
119
BlockTitle - Important!
119
Para - Malfunction and warning messages are only indicated for certain systems and displayed to a...
119
Section - Individual settings
120
Title - Individual settings
120
Marker - Individual settings
120
Figure - <GRAPHIK>
120
OrderedList - 1 Preliminary display of the individual settings.
120
Item - 1 Preliminary display of the individual settings.
120
Item - SETTINGS
120
DisplayMess - SETTINGS
120
ItemPara - INSTRUMENT\x11CLUSTER
120
DisplayMess - INSTRUMENT\x11CLUSTER
120
ItemPara - LIGHTING
120
DisplayMess - LIGHTING
120
ItemPara - VEHICLE
120
DisplayMess - VEHICLE
120
ItemPara - CONVENIENCE
120
Quotes - CONVENIENCE
120
ItemPara - The four menus contain additional submenus. Individual settings can be selected in the...
120
Item - 3 See below for instructions on returning the setting menus to the factory settings.
120
Item - 4 Acknowledgment.
120
Note - Note:
120
BlockTitle - Note:
120
Para - The displayed menu
120
Para - Press the
121
Para - Press the
121
Para - Pressing the
121
Para - INSTRUMENT\x11CLUSTER
121
DisplayMess - INSTRUMENT\x11CLUSTER
121
Para - LIGHTING
121
DisplayMess - LIGHTING
121
Para - VEHICLE
121
DisplayMess - VEHICLE
121
Para - CONVENIENCE
121
Quotes - CONVENIENCE
121
Para - Pressing the
121
Note - Notes:
121
BlockTitle - Notes:
121
Para - These settings may only be performed with the vehicle at standstill and with the electroni...
121
Para - The individual setting preliminary display\x11(1) will appear if you speed up.
121
Para - The setting menu previously called up will reappear when the vehicle stops, providing no o...
121
Subsection - To return menu\x11
121
Title - To return menu\x11
121
ItemizedList - • Call up the individual setting preliminary display\x11(1) or display\x11(2).
121
Item - • Call up the individual setting preliminary display\x11(1) or display\x11(2).
121
Item - • Press the reset knob on the instrument cluster (see\x11page\x11
121
Item - • Press the reset knob on the instrument cluster once more. The menu
121
ItemPara - The individual setting preliminary display\x11(1) will appear if you do not press the res...
121
Subsection - Individual settings:\INSTRUMENT CLUSTER\
122
Title - Individual settings:\INSTRUMENT CLUSTER\
122
Marker - Individual settings:\INSTRUMENT CLUSTER\
122
Quotes - INSTRUMENT\x11CLUSTER
122
Figure - <GRAPHIK>
122
OrderedList - 1 Preliminary display of the individual settings
123
Item - 1 Preliminary display of the individual settings
123
Item - SETTINGS
123
DisplayMess - SETTINGS
123
Item - SET TIME
123
DisplayMess - SET TIME
123
Item - SET TIME
123
DisplayMess - SET TIME
123
Item - 12/24 o’clock
123
DisplayMess - 12/24 o’clock
123
Item - TEMP.\x11INDICATOR
123
DisplayMess - TEMP.\x11INDICATOR
123
Item - display values in
123
DisplayMess - display values in
123
Item - TEXT
123
DisplayMess - TEXT
123
Item - select display
123
DisplayMess - select display
123
Item - 10 See page\x11
123
Item - 11 Acknowledgment.
123
Note - Note:
123
BlockTitle - Note:
123
Para - Vehicles with COMAND: For setting clock and speedometer units, see separate
123
Para - Press the
124
Para - Press the
124
Para - Press button\x11
124
Para - Press the
124
Para - Pressing the
124
Para - The settings made are stored and applied immediately.
124
Para - The individual setting preliminary display\x11(1) will appear again after you have run throug...
124
Subsection - To return menu\x11
125
Title - To return menu\x11
125
ItemizedList - • Call up one of the setting menus(3\x11to\x119).
125
Item - • Call up one of the setting menus(3\x11to\x119).
125
Item - • Press the reset knob on the instrument cluster, see page\x11
125
Item - • Press the reset knob on the instrument cluster once more. The menu
125
Subsection - Individual settings:\LIGHTING\
126
Title - Individual settings:\LIGHTING\
126
Marker - Individual settings:\LIGHTING\
126
Quotes - LIGHTING
126
Figure - <GRAPHIK>
126
OrderedList - 1 Preliminary display of the individual settings
127
Item - 1 Preliminary display of the individual settings
127
Item - SETTINGS
127
DisplayMess - SETTINGS
127
Item - light\x11circuit\x11HEADLAMP\x11MODE
127
DisplayMess - light\x11circuit\x11HEADLAMP\x11MODE
127
Superscript - 1
127
Item - LOCATOR LIGHTING
127
DisplayMess - LOCATOR LIGHTING
127
Item - HEADLAMPS DELAYED SWITCH\x15OFF
127
DisplayMess - HEADLAMPS DELAYED SWITCH\x15OFF
127
Item - INT. ILLUMINATION DELAYED SWITCH\x15OFF
127
DisplayMess - INT. ILLUMINATION DELAYED SWITCH\x15OFF
127
Item - 7 Returning the setting menu\x11
127
Item - 8 Acknowledgment.
127
Footnote - 1 Except Canada
127
Para - Press the
127
Para - Press the
127
Para - Press button\x11
127
Para - Press the
127
Para - The individual setting preliminary display\x11(1) will appear again after you have run throug...
127
Subsection - To return menu\x11
127
Title - To return menu\x11
127
ItemizedList - • Call up menu\x11(3 to\x116).
127
Item - • Call up menu\x11(3 to\x116).
127
Item - • Press the reset knob on the instrument cluster (see page\x11
127
Item - • Press the reset knob on the instrument cluster once more. The menu
127
Subsection - Individual settings:\VEHICLE\
128
Title - Individual settings:\VEHICLE\
128
Marker - Individual settings:\VEHICLE\
128
Quotes - VEHICLE
128
Figure - <GRAPHIK>
128
OrderedList - 1 Preliminary display of the individual settings
129
Item - 1 Preliminary display of the individual settings
129
Item - SETTINGS
129
DisplayMess - SETTINGS
129
Item - press button in audio mode
129
DisplayMess - press button in audio mode
129
Superscript -
129
Item - AUTOMATIC\x11DOOR\x11LOCK
129
DisplayMess - AUTOMATIC\x11DOOR\x11LOCK
129
Item - 5 Returning the setting menu\x11
129
Item - 6 Acknowledgment.
129
Para - Press the
129
Para - Press the
129
Para - Press button\x11
129
Para - Press the
129
Para - The individual setting preliminary display\x11(1) will appear again after you have run throug...
129
Subsection - To return menu\x11
129
Title - To return menu\x11
129
ItemizedList - • Call up menu\x11(3 or 4).
129
Item - • Call up menu\x11(3 or 4).
129
Item - • Press the reset knob on the instrument cluster (see page\x11
129
Item - • Press the reset knob on the instrument cluster once more. The menu
129
Subsection - Individual settings:\CONVENIENCE\
130
Title - Individual settings:\CONVENIENCE\
130
Marker - Individual settings:\CONVENIENCE\
130
Quotes - CONVENIENCE
130
Figure - <GRAPHIK>
130
OrderedList - 1 Preliminary display of the individual settings
131
Item - 1 Preliminary display of the individual settings
131
Item - SETTINGS
131
DisplayMess - SETTINGS
131
Item - easy-entry feature activate
131
DisplayMess - easy-entry feature activate
131
Superscript -
131
Item - 4
131
Item - mirror setting when parking
131
DisplayMess - mirror setting when parking
131
Item - 6 Returning the setting menu\x11
131
Item - 7 Acknowledgment.
131
Para - Press the
131
Para - Press the
131
Para - Press button\x11
131
Para - Press the
131
Para - The individual setting preliminary display\x11(1) will appear again after you have run throug...
131
Subsection - To return menu\x11
132
Title - To return menu\x11
132
ItemizedList - • Call up menu\x11(3 to 5).
132
Item - • Call up menu\x11(3 to 5).
132
Item - • Press the reset knob on the instrument cluster, see page\x11
132
Item - • Press the reset knob on the instrument cluster once more. The menu
132
Section - Setting the audio volume
132
Title - Setting the audio volume
132
Marker - Setting the audio volume
132
Para - You can only adjust the volume of the system currently in use.
132
Para - Vehicles with COMAND system:
132
Para - The volume setting for each system (audio, telephone, navigation and voice recognition sys...
132
Para - Setting button:
132
Para - æ
132
SpecialChar - æ
132
Para - ç
132
SpecialChar - ç
132
Section - Coolant temperature gauge
133
Title - Coolant temperature gauge
133
Marker - Coolant temperature gauge
133
Figure - <GRAPHIK>
133
Para - Turn the electronic key in starter switch to position\x111 or\x112.
133
Para - Call up the trip odometer and main odometer by pressing button
133
Para - During severe operating conditions and stop-and-go city traffic, the coolant temperature m...
133
Para - The engine should not be operated with the coolant temperature above 120
133
Warning - <TABELLE>
133
TBody - <TABELLENHAUPTTEXT>
133
Row - <TABELLENREIHE>
133
Entry - Warning!
133
Para - Warning!
133
ItemizedList - • Driving when your engine is badly overheated can cause some fluids which may hav...
133
Item - • Driving when your engine is badly overheated can cause some fluids which may have leaked...
133
Bold - • Driving when your engine is badly overheated can cause some fluids which may have leaked...
133
Row - <TABELLENREIHE>
133
Entry - • Steam from an overheated engine can cause serious burns and can occur just by opening t...
133
ItemizedList - • Steam from an overheated engine can cause serious burns and can occur just by op...
133
Item - • Steam from an overheated engine can cause serious burns and can occur just by opening th...
133
Bold - • Steam from an overheated engine can cause serious burns and can occur just by opening th...
133
Row - <TABELLENREIHE>
133
Entry - Turn off the engine, get out of the vehicle and do not stand near the vehicle until it co...
133
Para - Turn off the engine, get out of the vehicle and do not stand near the vehicle until it coo...
133
Note - Note:
133
BlockTitle - Note:
133
Para - Excessive coolant temperatures trigger a warning in the multifunction display. See page\x11
133
Section - Flexible service system (FSS)
134
Title - Flexible service system (FSS)
134
Marker - Flexible service system (FSS)
134
Figure - <GRAPHIK>
134
Para - The FSS permits a flexible service schedule that is directly related to the operating cond...
134
Para - The symbol
134
Para - Depending on operating conditions throughout the year, the next service is calculated and ...
134
Para - The message is displayed for approximately 10\x11seconds when turning the electronic key in s...
134
Para - The symbols and messages indicate the type of service to be performed:
134
DefinitionList - 9
134
Definition - 9
134
SpecialChar - 9
134
Item - Service\x11A
134
Definition - º
134
SpecialChar - º
134
Item - Service\x11B
134
Para - One of the following messages will appear in the display (e.g. Service\x11A):
134
Para - service\x11A\x11–\x11in
134
DisplayMess - service\x11A\x11–\x11in
134
DisplayMess - service\x11A\x11–\x11in
134
Para - The next service due date is displayed either in days or in miles, depending on your drivi...
134
Para - Once the suggested service term has passed, the symbol and message appear for approximatel...
134
Para - The service indicator disappears automatically after 30\x11seconds or if the knob for instrum...
135
Para - Calling up service indicator manually:
135
Para - Turn the electronic key in starter switch to position\x111.
135
Para - Call up the trip odometer and main odometer by pressing button
135
Para - Press button
135
Para - The next or previous system is displayed by pressing button
135
Important - Important!
135
BlockTitle - Important!
135
Para - The FSS indicator is not an engine oil level indicator. See page\x11
135
Note - Note:
135
BlockTitle - Note:
135
Para - When disconnecting vehicle battery for one or more days at a time, such days will not be c...
135
Para - The interval between services is determined by the type of driving for which the vehicle i...
135
Para - Following a completed A or B service the Mercedes\x15Benz Center sets the counter mileage to ...
136
Para - The counter can also be set by any individual. To do so:
136
Para - Turn the electronic key in starter switch to position\x111.
136
Para - To call up the trip odometer and main odometer, press button
136
Para - Press button
136
Para - Press the reset knob on the instrument cluster, see page\x11
136
Para - The multifunction display will show the question:
136
Para - Press the reset knob on the instrument cluster again to reset the service indicator.
136
Para - The new service indicator is displayed with the reset distance of 10\x11000\x11miles (Canada 15\x11...
136
Para - If the FSS counter was inadvertently reset, have a Mercedes\x15Benz Center correct it.
136
Para - However you choose to set your reference numbers, the scheduled services as posted in the ...
136
Section - Engine oil level indicator
137
Title - Engine oil level indicator
137
Marker - Engine oil level indicator
137
Figure - <GRAPHIK>
137
Para - To check the engine oil level, park vehicle on level ground, with engine at normal operati...
137
Para - Check oil level approximately 5\x11minutes after stopping the engine, allowing for the oil to...
137
Para - The message
137
ItemizedList - • with engine at operational temperature approximately 5\x11minutes.
137
Item - • with engine at operational temperature approximately 5\x11minutes.
137
Item - • with engine not at operational temperature up to approximately 30\x11minutes.
137
Para - The engine oil level check can be repeated after a short time.
137
Para - Turn the electronic key in starter switch to position\x112.
137
Para - To call up the trip odometer and main odometer, press button
137
Para - Press button
137
Para - The electronic key in starter switch is not in position\x112 if the
137
Para - The
137
Para - One of the following messages will subsequently appear on the indicator:
138
Para - ENGINE OIL LEVEL\x11–\x11O.K.
138
DisplayMess - ENGINE OIL LEVEL\x11–\x11O.K.
138
Para - ENGINE OIL LEVEL\x11–\x11ADD 1.0\x11QUART
138
DisplayMess - ENGINE OIL LEVEL\x11–\x11ADD 1.0\x11QUART
138
Para - ENGINE OIL LEVEL\x11–\x11ADD 1.5\x11QUART
138
DisplayMess - ENGINE OIL LEVEL\x11–\x11ADD 1.5\x11QUART
138
Para - ENGINE OIL LEVEL\x11–\x11ADD 2.0\x11QUART
138
DisplayMess - ENGINE OIL LEVEL\x11–\x11ADD 2.0\x11QUART
138
Para - See
138
Para - ENGINE OIL LEVEL\x11–\x11REDUCE OIL LEVEL
138
DisplayMess - ENGINE OIL LEVEL\x11–\x11REDUCE OIL LEVEL
138
Underline - Do not overfill the engine.
138
Para - The
138
Para - Perform the engine oil level check with the dipstick, if it cannot be completed via the mu...
138
Note - Notes:
138
BlockTitle - Notes:
138
Para - See malfunction and warning messages on page\x11
138
Para - The engine oil level cannot be checked while the engine is running. The
138
Section - Engine oil consumption
138
Title - Engine oil consumption
138
Marker - Engine oil consumption
138
Para - Engine oil consumption checks should only be made after the break-in period. During the br...
138
Section - Exterior lamp switch
139
Title - Exterior lamp switch
139
Marker - Exterior lamp switch
139
Figure - <GRAPHIK>
139
DefinitionList - M
139
Definition - M
139
SpecialChar - M
139
Item - Off
139
Definition - U
139
SpecialChar - U
139
Item - Automatic headlamp mode, see below.
139
Definition - C
139
SpecialChar - C
139
Item - Parking lamps (also side marker lamps, taillamps, licence plate lamps, instrument panel la...
139
Definition - B
139
SpecialChar - B
139
Item - Parking lamps plus low beam or high beam headlamps (combination switch pushed forward).
139
Definition - \x1A
139
SpecialChar - \x1A
139
Item - Standing lamps, right (turn left one stop)
139
Definition - ‚
139
SpecialChar - ‚
139
Item - Standing lamps, left (turn left two stops)
139
Definition - ‡
139
SpecialChar - ‡
139
Item - Front fog lamps (pull out one stop) with parking lamps and/or low beam headlamps on. Green...
139
Definition - †
139
SpecialChar - †
139
Item - Rear fog lamp (pull out to second detent) in addition to the front fog lamps. Yellow indic...
139
Note - Note:
139
BlockTitle - Note:
139
Para - With the electronic key removed and the driver’s door open, a warning sounds if the vehicl...
139
Para - Fog lamps will operate with the parking lamps and\x12/\x12or the low beam headlamps on. Fog lamp...
139
Para - Fog lamps are automatically switched off when the exterior lamp switch is turned to position
139
Section - Headlamp mode (HEADLAMPS)
140
Title - Headlamp mode (HEADLAMPS)
140
Marker - Headlamp mode (HEADLAMPS)
140
Para - The headlamps can be switched on and off manually or automatically, or switched to daytime...
140
Para - Manual operation:
140
Para - The low beam headlamps, parking lamps and license plate lamps can be switched on and off w...
140
Warning - <TABELLE>
140
TBody - <TABELLENHAUPTTEXT>
140
Row - <TABELLENREIHE>
140
Entry - Warning!
140
Para - Warning!
140
Para - The driver is responsible for the operation of the vehicle’s lights at all times. The auto...
140
Para - Automatic operation:
140
Para - With electronic key in starter switch in position\x111 turn exterior lamp switch to position\x11
140
Para - The parking lamps switch on and off automatically depending on the brightness of the ambie...
140
Subtitle - With the engine running and exterior lamp switch in position\x11
140
Para - The low beam headlamps, parking lamps and license plate lamps are switched on and off auto...
140
Para - The low beam headlamps, parking lamps and license plate lamps can still be switched on and...
140
Note - Note:
140
BlockTitle - Note:
140
Para - The headlamps will not be automatically switched on under foggy conditions.
140
Subsection - Exterior lamp switch:Daytime running lamp mode
141
Title - Exterior lamp switch:Daytime running lamp mode
141
Marker - Exterior lamp switch:Daytime running lamp mode
141
Para - Turn exterior lamp switch to position\x11
141
Para - When the engine is running, the low beam headlamps (includes parking lamps and license pla...
141
Para - Canada only: When shifting from a driving position to position\x11
141
Para - For nighttime driving the exterior lamp switch should be turned to position
141
Para - USA only: The high beam headlamps can also be activated when driving with the daytime runn...
141
Para - See page\x11
141
Para - To activate the daytime running lamp mode, see
141
Section - Night security illumination
141
Title - Night security illumination
141
Marker - Night security illumination
141
Para - When turning off the engine, the exterior lamps switch on for added illumination, if they ...
141
Para - The lamp-on time period for night security illumination can be set at several different ti...
141
Note - Notes:
141
BlockTitle - Notes:
141
Para - Within 10\x11minutes after closing the last door the night security illumination can be react...
141
Para - See “Individual settings”\x11–\x11
141
Subtitle - Deactivating night security illumination temporarily:
141
Para - Turn the electronic key in starter switch to position\x110 then to position\x112 and back to pos...
141
Subsection - Locator lighting
142
Title - Locator lighting
142
Marker - Locator lighting
142
Para - After unlocking the vehicle with the electronic main key during darkness, the fog lamps, p...
142
Para - The exterior lamps will be switched off when opening the driver’s door.
142
Para - See “Individual settings”\x11–\x11
142
Section - Headlamp cleaning system
142
Title - Headlamp cleaning system
142
Marker - Headlamp cleaning system
142
Figure - <GRAPHIK>
142
Para - Turn the electronic key in starter switch to position\x111.
142
Para - The headlamps will be cleaned with a high-pressure water jet when you press the headlamp w...
142
Para - See page\x11
142
Section - Combination switch
143
Title - Combination switch
143
Marker - Combination switch
143
Figure - <GRAPHIK>
143
OrderedList - 1 Low beam (exterior lamp switch position
143
Item - 1 Low beam (exterior lamp switch position
143
Item - 2 High beam (exterior lamp switch position
143
Item - 3 High beam flasher (high beam available independent of exterior lamp switch position)
143
Item - 4 Turn signals, right
143
Item - 5 Turn signals, left
143
Para - To signal minor directional changes, such as changing lanes on a highway, move combination...
143
Para - To operate the turn signals continuously, move the combination switch past the point of re...
143
Para - Turn signal failure
143
Bold - Turn signal failure
143
Para - If one of the turn signals fails, the turn signal indicator system flashes and sounds at a...
143
OrderedList - <GRAPHIK>
144
Item - <GRAPHIK>
144
Graphic - <GRAPHIK>
144
Marker - P54.20-2001-26
144
ItemPara - Push switch past resistance point: Windshield washer system, windshield wipers.
144
ItemPara - See page\x11
144
Item - 7 Windshield wipers
144
Item - 0
144
DefinitionList - 0
144
Definition - 0
144
Item - Off
144
Definition - I
144
Item - Intermittent wiping
144
ItemPara - Rain sensor
144
Marker - Rain sensor
144
ItemPara - Notes:
144
ItemPara - With switch in this position, one wipe occurs when turning the electronic key in start...
144
ItemPara - Do not leave in intermittent setting when vehicle is taken to an automatic car wash or...
144
Definition - II
144
Item - Normal wiper speed
144
Definition - III
144
Item - Fast wiper speed
144
Subsection - Blocked windshield wipers
145
Title - Blocked windshield wipers
145
Para - If the windshield wipers become blocked (for example, due to snow), switch off the wipers.
145
Para - For safety reasons before removing ice or snow, remove electronic key from starter switch....
145
Para - Activate combination switch again (electronic key in starter switch position\x111).
145
Subsection - Emergency operation of windshield wipers
145
Title - Emergency operation of windshield wipers
145
Para - In case of windshield wiper malfunction in switch positions\x11I or\x11III, turn combination swi...
145
Subsection - Windshield wipers smear
145
Title - Windshield wipers smear
145
Para - If the windshield wipers smear the windshield, even during rain, activate the washer syste...
145
Para - See page\x11
145
Subsection - Windshield and headlamp washer fluid mixing ratio
145
Title - Windshield and headlamp washer fluid mixing ratio
145
Para - For temperatures above freezing: MB Windshield Washer Concentrate
145
Para - 1 part
145
Para - For temperature below freezing:
145
Para - MB Windshield Washer Concentrate
145
Para - 1 part
145
Section - Hazard warning flasher
146
Title - Hazard warning flasher
146
Marker - Hazard warning flasher
146
Figure - <GRAPHIK>
146
Para - The hazard warning flasher can be activated either manually via the switch located in the ...
146
Para - To activate hazard warning flasher, press switch once. To deactivate, press switch again.
146
Para - If hazard warning flasher was activated automatically, press switch twice to deactivate.
146
Note - Note:
146
BlockTitle - Note:
146
Para - With the hazard warning flasher activated, the combination switch in position for either l...
146
Section - Climate control
147
Title - Climate control
147
Marker - Climate control
147
Figure - <GRAPHIK>
147
OrderedList - 1 Display and controls
148
Item - 1 Display and controls
148
Item - 2 Air volume control for left center air outlet
148
Item - 3 Center air outlet, left, adjustable
148
Item - 4 Thumbwheel for adding outside air at air outlets for center, left and right sides, as we...
148
Item - 5 Center air outlet, right, adjustable
148
Item - 6 Air volume control for right center air outlet
148
Item - 7 Air volume control and air outlet on dashboard top center
148
Item - 8 Air volume control for side air outlet
148
Item - 9 Side air outlet, adjustable
148
Item - 10 Side defroster outlet, fixed
148
Subsection - Climate control:Display and controls
149
Title - Climate control:Display and controls
149
Marker - Climate control:Display and controls
149
Figure - <GRAPHIK>
149
OrderedList - 1 Air volume
149
Item - 1 Air volume
149
Item - 2 Temperature control, left
149
Item - 3 Temperature control, right
149
Item - 4 Air distribution control switch
149
Item - 5 Rear window defroster, see page\x11
149
Item - 6 Economy mode, see page\x11
149
Item - 7 Air distribution and air volume (automatic)
149
Item - 8 Air recirculation, see page\x11
149
Item - 9 Defrosting, see page\x11
149
Important - Important!
149
BlockTitle - Important!
149
Para - This vehicle is equipped with an air conditioning system that uses R-134a (HFC: hydrofluor...
149
Subsection - Climate control
150
Title - Climate control
150
Para - The system is always at operational readiness, except when manually switched off.
150
Para - The climate control only operates with the engine running.
150
Para - The temperature selector should be left at the desired temperature setting. The temperatur...
150
Para - The system will not heat or cool any quicker by setting a higher or lower temperature.
150
Para - The desired interior temperature can be selected separately for the left and right side of...
150
Para - The climate control removes considerable moisture from the air during operation in the coo...
150
Para - The air conditioning will not engage (no cooling) if the economy mode
150
Note - Notes:
150
BlockTitle - Notes:
150
Para - Do not obstruct the air flow by placing objects on the air flow-through exhaust slots belo...
150
Para - Also keep the air intake grill in front of the windshield free of snow and debris.
150
Para - The storage compartment between the front seats can be ventilated. See page\x11
150
Para - The air conditioner switches itself off for its own protection if refrigerant is lost. No ...
150
Subsection - Climate control:Dust filter
150
Title - Climate control:Dust filter
150
Marker - Climate control:Dust filter
150
Para - Nearly all dust particles and pollen are filtered out before outside air enters the passen...
150
Subsection - Climate control:Basic setting
151
Title - Climate control:Basic setting
151
Marker - Climate control:Basic setting
151
Para - Press
151
Para - Set the left and right temperature to\x1172
151
Para - Heating mode: To lower headroom temperature, use thumbwheel (4, page\x11
151
Para - Air conditioning mode: Open air outlets at dashboard top center (7, page\x11
151
Subsection - Climate control:Special settings
151
Title - Climate control:Special settings
151
Marker - Climate control:Special settings
151
Subtitle - Air distribution and air volume, manual
151
Bold - Air distribution and air volume, manual
151
Para - Press
151
Para - Select any of the six air volume speeds and the air distribution.
151
Subtitle - Air distribution, manual:
151
DefinitionList - h
151
Definition - h
151
SpecialChar - h
151
Item - Air from the center, side, dashboard top center and rear passenger compartment air outlets.
151
Definition - j
151
SpecialChar - j
151
Item - Air from the windshield, side defroster and rear passenger compartment air outlets.
151
Definition - k
151
SpecialChar - k
151
Item - Air from the center, side, footwell, rear footwell and rear passenger compartment air outl...
151
Subtitle - To return to automatic mode:
151
Para - Press the
151
Subsection - Climate control:Defrosting
152
Title - Climate control:Defrosting
152
Marker - Climate control:Defrosting
152
Para - Press the
152
Para - Switch off air recirculation, if selected. Press button\x11
152
Para - Close center air outlets.
152
Para - Turn wheels\x11(8, page\x11
152
Para - Pressing the switch again returns the system to the previous setting.
152
Subsection - Climate control:Windows fogged up on the inside
152
Title - Climate control:Windows fogged up on the inside
152
Marker - Climate control:Windows fogged up on the inside
152
Para - Switch off the economy mode, if selected. Press button\x11
152
Para - Switch off air recirculation, if selected. Press button\x11
152
Para - Press the
152
Para - Increase temperature setting.
152
Para - Open the side air outlets\x11(9, page\x11
152
Subsection - Climate control:Windows fogged up on the outside
153
Title - Climate control:Windows fogged up on the outside
153
Marker - Climate control:Windows fogged up on the outside
153
Para - Switch on the windshield wiper.
153
Para - Close air outlet at dashboard top center.
153
Para - Switch to manual mode.
153
Para - Turn air distribution switch to position\x11
153
Subsection - Climate control:Air recirculation
153
Title - Climate control:Air recirculation
153
Marker - Climate control:Air recirculation
153
Para - Select air recirculation:
153
Para - Press button
153
Para - To switch off the air recirculation:
153
Para - Press button
153
Para - Switching on air recirculation and activating convenience closing of power windows and sli...
153
Para - Press button
153
Para - Switching off air recirculation and activating convenience opening:
153
Para - Press button
153
Para - A window or the sliding\x12/\x12pop-up roof opened manually after convenience closing will no lo...
153
Para - The system automatically switches from air recirculation to fresh air:
153
ItemizedList - • after 30\x11minutes if the outside temperature is above about\x1140
153
Item - • after 30\x11minutes if the outside temperature is above about\x1140
153
Item - • after 5\x11minutes if the outside temperature is below about 40
153
Item - • after 5\x11minutes if economy mode
153
Para - The system switches automatically to air recirculation at high outside temperatures. A qua...
153
Para - If the windows should fog up from the inside, switch from recirculated air back to fresh air.
153
Subsection - Climate control \x15 OFF/ON
154
Title - Climate control \x15 OFF/ON
154
Para - To switch the climate control off, set the air volume control switch to position\x110.
154
Para - The fresh air supply to the vehicle interior is shut off.
154
Para - While driving, use this setting only temporarily, otherwise the windshield could fog up.
154
Para - To switch the climate control on again, set air volume control switch to any speed.
154
Subsection - Climate control:Economy mode
154
Title - Climate control:Economy mode
154
Marker - Climate control:Economy mode
154
Para - The function of this setting corresponds to the automatic mode. However, because the air c...
154
Para - Press
154
Para - Press
154
Important - Important!
154
BlockTitle - Important!
154
Para - In the
154
Subsection - Climate control:Residual engine heat utilization
154
Title - Climate control:Residual engine heat utilization
154
Marker - Climate control:Residual engine heat utilization
154
Para - With the engine switched off, it is possible to continue to heat or ventilate the interior...
154
Para - To select:
154
Para - Turn the electronic key in starter switch to position\x111 or\x110 or remove it altogether.
154
Para - Press button
154
Para - This function selection will not activate if the battery level is insufficient.
154
Para - The function switches off automatically:
154
ItemizedList - • if the electronic key in starter switch is turned to position\x112,
154
Item - • if the electronic key in starter switch is turned to position\x112,
154
Item - • after approximately 30\x11minutes,
154
Item - • if the battery voltage drops.
154
Section - Automatic climate control
155
Title - Automatic climate control
155
Marker - Automatic climate control
155
Figure - <GRAPHIK>
155
OrderedList - 1 Display and controls
156
Item - 1 Display and controls
156
Item - 2 Air volume control for left center air outlet
156
Item - 3 Center air outlet, left, adjustable
156
Item - 4 Thumbwheel for adding outside air at air outlets for center, left and right sides, as we...
156
Item - 5 Center air outlet, right, adjustable
156
Item - 6 Air volume control for right center air outlet
156
Item - 7 Air volume control and air outlet on dashboard top center
156
Item - 8 Air volume control for side air outlet
156
Item - 9 Side air outlet, adjustable
156
Item - 10 Side defroster outlet, fixed
156
Subsection - Automatic climate control:Display and controls
157
Title - Automatic climate control:Display and controls
157
Marker - Automatic climate control:Display and controls
157
Figure - <GRAPHIK>
157
OrderedList - 1 Temperature control, left, lowering
157
Item - 1 Temperature control, left, lowering
157
Item - 2 Temperature control, left, raising
157
Item - 3 Air distribution control switch left (automatic, manual operation)
157
Item - 4 Activated charcoal filter, see page\x11
157
Item - 5 Display
157
Item - 6 Air distribution control switch right (automatic, manual operation)
157
Item - 7 Temperature control, right, raising
157
Item - 8 Temperature control, right, lowering
157
Item - 9 Rear window defroster, see page\x11
157
Item - 10 Economy mode, see page\x11
157
switch on system
157
Item - 12 Air volume control - switch off system
157
Item - 13 Air recirculation, see page\x11
157
Item - 14 Defrosting, see page\x11
157
Important - Important!
157
BlockTitle - Important!
157
Para - This vehicle is equipped with an air conditioning system that uses R-134a (HFC: hydrofluor...
157
OrderedList - 1 Temperature, left
158
Item - 1 Temperature, left
158
Item - 2 Temperature, right
158
Item - 3 Air volume
158
Item - 4 Automatic mode is selected
158
Subsection - Automatic climate control
158
Title - Automatic climate control
158
Para - The system is always at operational readiness, except when manually switched off.
158
Para - The automatic climate control only operates with the engine running.
158
Para - The temperature selector should be left at the desired temperature setting. The temperatur...
158
Para - The system will not heat or cool any quicker by setting a higher or lower temperature.
158
Para - The desired interior temperature and air distribution can be selected separately for the l...
158
Para - The automatic climate control removes considerable moisture from the air during operation ...
158
Para - The air conditioning will not engage (no cooling) if the economy mode
158
Note - Notes:
159
BlockTitle - Notes:
159
Para - Do not obstruct the air flow by placing objects on the air flow-through exhaust slots belo...
159
Para - Also keep the air intake grill in front of the windshield free of snow and debris.
159
Para - The storage compartment between the front seats can be ventilated. See page\x11
159
Para - The air conditioner switches itself off for its own protection if refrigerant is lost. No ...
159
Subsection - Automatic climate control:Dust filter
159
Title - Automatic climate control:Dust filter
159
Marker - Automatic climate control:Dust filter
159
Para - Nearly all dust particles and pollen are filtered out before outside air enters the passen...
159
Subsection - Automatic climate control:Basic setting
159
Title - Automatic climate control:Basic setting
159
Marker - Automatic climate control:Basic setting
159
Para - Briefly press left or right
159
Para - The economy mode and air recirculation functions will be switched off. The automatic blowe...
159
Para - Set the temperature switches on the left and right to\x1172
159
Para - Heating mode: To lower headroom temperature, use thumbwheel (4, page\x11
159
Para - Air conditioning mode: Open air outlets at dashboard top center (7, page\x11
159
Subsection - Automatic climate control:Special settings
160
Title - Automatic climate control:Special settings
160
Marker - Automatic climate control:Special settings
160
Subtitle - Automatic climate control:Air volume, manual
160
Marker - Automatic climate control:Air volume, manual
160
Bold - Air distribution, manual
160
Para - Press left or right
160
DefinitionList - h
160
Definition - h
160
SpecialChar - h
160
Item - Air from the center, side, dashboard top center and rear passenger compartment air outlets.
160
Definition - j
160
SpecialChar - j
160
Item - Air from the windshield, side defroster and rear passenger compartment air outlets.
160
Definition - k
160
SpecialChar - k
160
Item - Air from the center, side, footwell, rear footwell and rear passenger compartment air outl...
160
Para - To return to automatic mode:
160
Para - Press left or right
160
Subtitle - Air volume, manual
160
Bold - Air volume, manual
160
Para - Seven blower speeds are available.
160
Para - Press right\x11
160
Para - The display
160
Para - To return to automatic mode:
160
Para - Press left or right
160
Subsection - Automatic climate control:Defrosting
161
Title - Automatic climate control:Defrosting
161
Marker - Automatic climate control:Defrosting
161
Para - Windows fogged up on the inside
161
Bold - Windows fogged up on the inside
161
Marker - Automatic climate control:Windows fogged up on the inside
161
Para - Press the
161
Para - Switch off air recirculation, if selected. Press button\x11
161
Para - The fan is set to a higher speed and the warm air is directed to the defroster and windshi...
161
Para - Pressing the switch again returns the system to the previous setting.
161
Subsection - Automatic climate control:Windows fogged up on the outside
161
Title - Automatic climate control:Windows fogged up on the outside
161
Marker - Automatic climate control:Windows fogged up on the outside
161
Para - Switch on the windshield wiper.
161
Para - Close air outlet on dashboard top center (7, page\x11
161
Para - Switch to manual mode.
161
Para - Turn air distribution control switch to position\x11
161
Subsection - Automatic climate control:Air recirculation
162
Title - Automatic climate control:Air recirculation
162
Marker - Automatic climate control:Air recirculation
162
Para - Select air recirculation:
162
Para - Press button
162
Para - To switch off the air recirculation:
162
Para - Press button
162
Para - Switching on air recirculation and activating convenience closing of power windows and sli...
162
Para - Press button
162
Para - Switching off air recirculation and activating convenience opening:
162
Para - Press button
162
Para - A window or the sliding\x12/\x12pop-up roof opened manually after convenience closing will no lo...
162
Para - The system automatically switches from air recirculation to fresh air:
162
ItemizedList - • after 30\x11minutes if the outside temperature is above about\x1140
162
Item - • after 30\x11minutes if the outside temperature is above about\x1140
162
Item - • after 5\x11minutes if the outside temperature is below about 40
162
Item - • after 5\x11minutes if economy mode
162
Para - The system switches automatically to air recirculation at high outside temperatures. A qua...
162
Para - If the windows should fog up from the inside, switch from recirculated air back to fresh air.
162
Subsection - Automatic climate control:Activated charcoal filter
163
Title - Automatic climate control:Activated charcoal filter
163
Marker - Automatic climate control:Activated charcoal filter
163
Para - An activated charcoal filter markedly reduces bad odors and removes pollutants from air en...
163
Para - To select, press
163
Para - To cancel, press button. The indicator lamp in the button goes out.
163
Para - The system switches automatically to the air recirculation mode, if the carbon monoxide\x11(C...
163
Para - The automatic air recirculation mode does not function if economy mode
163
Para - The activated charcoal filter should be switched off when windows fog up on the inside, or...
163
Para - Switching on the activated carbon filter and activating convenience closing of power windo...
163
Para - The indicator lamp in the
163
Para - Switching off activated carbon filter and activating convenience opening:
163
Para - The indicator lamp in the
163
Para - A window or the sliding\x12/\x12pop-up roof opened manually after convenience closing will no lo...
163
Subsection - Automatic climate control:Economy mode
164
Title - Automatic climate control:Economy mode
164
Marker - Automatic climate control:Economy mode
164
Para - The function of this setting corresponds to the automatic mode. However, because the air c...
164
Para - Press
164
Para - Press
164
Important - Important!
164
BlockTitle - Important!
164
Para - In the
164
Subsection - Automatic climate control - OFF/ON
164
Title - Automatic climate control - OFF/ON
164
Para - To switch the climate control off, set the air volume control switch to position\x110.
164
Para - The fresh air supply to the vehicle interior is shut off.
164
Para - While driving, use this setting only temporarily, otherwise the windshield could fog up.
164
Para - To switch the climate control on again, press the
164
Subsection - Automatic climate control:Residual engine heat utilization
165
Title - Automatic climate control:Residual engine heat utilization
165
Marker - Automatic climate control:Residual engine heat utilization
165
Para - With the engine switched off, it is possible to continue to heat or ventilate the interior...
165
Para - To select:
165
Para - Turn the electronic key in starter switch to position\x111 or\x110 or remove it altogether.
165
Para - Press button
165
Para - This function selection will not activate if the battery level is insufficient.
165
Para - The function switches off automatically:
165
ItemizedList - • if the electronic key in starter switch is turned to position\x112,
165
Item - • if the electronic key in starter switch is turned to position\x112,
165
Item - • after approximately 30\x11minutes,
165
Item - • if the battery voltage drops.
165
Section - Rear window defroster
166
Title - Rear window defroster
166
Marker - Rear window defroster
166
Para - Turn the electronic key in starter switch to position\x112.
166
Para - To select:
166
Para - Press the
166
Para - To cancel:
166
Para - Press the
166
Note - Note:
166
BlockTitle - Note:
166
Para - Heavy accumulation of snow and ice should be removed before activating the defroster.
166
Para - The rear window defroster uses a large amount of power. To keep the battery drain to a min...
166
Para - The defroster is automatically turned off after approximately 6–17\x11minutes of operation de...
166
Para - If several power consumers are turned on simultaneously, or the battery is only partially ...
166
Para - As soon as the battery has sufficient voltage, the defroster automatically turns itself ba...
166
Section - Front center console storage compartment ventilation
167
Title - Front center console storage compartment ventilation
167
Marker - Front center console storage compartment ventilation
167
Figure - <GRAPHIK>
167
Para - The front center console compartment has its own air outlet.
167
Para - To open: Raise lever (1).
167
Para - To close: Lower lever (1).
167
Para - The air volume is dependent on the setting of:
167
ItemizedList - • air distribution control,
167
Item - • air distribution control,
167
Item - • air volume control,
167
Item - • air outlets in the dashboard.
167
Para - The air temperature is about the same as that of the dashboard air outlets. It cannot be r...
167
Note - Notes:
167
BlockTitle - Notes:
167
Para - The compartment can get very warm due to its confined space. When storing heat sensitive o...
167
Para - Do not allow articles to obstruct the air outlet in the storage compartment.
167
Section - Automatic climate control:Adjustable air outlets, rear passenger compartment
168
Title - Automatic climate control:Adjustable air outlets, rear passenger compartment
168
Marker - Automatic climate control:Adjustable air outlets, rear passenger compartment
168
Figure - <GRAPHIK>
168
OrderedList - 1 Center air outlet, left
168
Item - 1 Center air outlet, left
168
Item - 2 Air volume control for center air outlets
168
ItemPara - To open: Turn the wheel upward.
168
Item - 3 Center air outlet, right
168
Note - Note:
168
BlockTitle - Note:
168
Para - The temperature at the air outlets for the rear passenger compartment\x11(1 and\x113) is the sam...
168
Section - Operation Audio and telephone
169
Title - Operation Audio and telephone
169
Marker - Operation Audio and telephone
169
Para - These instructions are intended to help you become acquainted with your Mercedes\x15Benz audi...
169
Warning - <TABELLE>
169
TBody - <TABELLENHAUPTTEXT>
169
Row - <TABELLENREIHE>
169
Entry - Warning!
169
Para - Warning!
169
Para - In order to avoid distraction which could lead to an accident, system settings should be e...
169
Row - <TABELLENREIHE>
169
Entry - Bear in mind that at a speed of just 30\x11mph (approximately 50\x11km/h), your car is covering...
169
Para - Bear in mind that at a speed of just 30\x11mph (approximately 50\x11km/h), your car is covering ...
169
Section - Operating safety
169
Title - Operating safety
169
Marker - Operating safety
169
Warning - <TABELLE>
169
TBody - <TABELLENHAUPTTEXT>
169
Row - <TABELLENREIHE>
169
Entry - Warning!
169
Para - Warning!
169
Para - Any alterations made to electronic components can cause malfunctions.
169
Row - <TABELLENREIHE>
169
Entry - The radio, cassette deck, CD changer1 and telephone1 are interconnected. Therefore, when ...
169
Para - The radio, cassette deck, CD changer
169
Row - <TABELLENREIHE>
169
Entry - These malfunctions might seriously impair the operating safety of your vehicle.
169
Para - These malfunctions might seriously impair the operating safety of your vehicle.
169
Row - <TABELLENREIHE>
169
Entry - We recommend that you have any service work or alterations to electronic components done ...
169
Para - We recommend that you have any service work or alterations to electronic components done a...
169
Footnote - 1 Optional equipment
169
Footnote - Dolby and the double-D symbol
169
Section - Operating and display elements
170
Title - Operating and display elements
170
Marker - Operating and display elements
170
Figure - <GRAPHIK>
170
OrderedList - 1 On/off, volume
170
Item - 1 On/off, volume
170
Item - 2 Telephone mode selector
170
Item - 3 Seek tuning
170
Item - 4 Radio mode selector
170
Item - 5 Manual tuning
170
Item - 6 CD mode selector
170
Item - 7 Tape mode selector
170
Item - 8 Display panel The cassette slot is located behind the display panel. For notes on playin...
171
Item - 9 Alpha-numeric keypad for station storage and frequency entry
171
Item - 10 Scan tuning (Radio, see page\x11
171
Item - 11 Function button
171
Item - 12 Soft keys for radio band selection
171
Item - 13 Tape eject, see page\x11
171
Section - Button and soft key operation
172
Title - Button and soft key operation
172
Marker - Button and soft key operation
172
Para - In these instructions, the alpha-numeric keypad (right side of radio face) and the functio...
172
Note - Note:
172
BlockTitle - Note:
172
Para - Do not press directly on the radio display face.
172
Section - Operation
172
Title - Operation
172
Marker - Operation
172
Subsection - Switching on and off
172
Title - Switching on and off
172
Marker - Switching on and off
172
Para - Press the control knob
172
Para - The system is switched off when the electronic main key in the starter switch is turned to...
172
Note - Note:
172
BlockTitle - Note:
172
Para - The system can also be switched on separately with the electronic main key removed, but wi...
172
Subsection - Adjusting the volume
173
Title - Adjusting the volume
173
Marker - Adjusting the volume
173
Para - Turning the control knob clockwise will increase the volume, counterclockwise will decreas...
173
Note - Note:
173
BlockTitle - Note:
173
Para - The volume setting can be selected separately for the telephone, audio system and voice re...
173
Subsection - Audio functions
173
Title - Audio functions
173
Marker - Audio functions
173
Para - The
173
Subsection - Bass
173
Title - Bass
173
Marker - Bass
173
Para - <GRAPHIK>
173
Symbol - <GRAPHIK>
173
Para - Press the
173
Para - Pressing the
173
Subsection - Treble
173
Title - Treble
173
Marker - Treble
173
Para - <GRAPHIK>
173
Symbol - <GRAPHIK>
173
Para - Press the
173
Para - Pressing the
173
Subsection - Fader
174
Title - Fader
174
Para - <GRAPHIK>
174
Symbol - <GRAPHIK>
174
Para - Pressing the
174
Subsection - Balance
174
Title - Balance
174
Marker - Balance
174
Para - <GRAPHIK>
174
Symbol - <GRAPHIK>
174
Para - Press the
174
Para - Pressing the
174
Subsection - Centering all audio functions
174
Title - Centering all audio functions
174
Marker - Centering all audio functions
174
Para - <GRAPHIK>
174
Symbol - <GRAPHIK>
174
Subsection - Audio system tone level selection
175
Title - Audio system tone level selection
175
Marker - Audio system tone level selection
175
Para - To select the tone level settings for radio, cassette, and CD operation press the key
175
Para - Press the key
175
Para - The key
175
Para - The key
175
Section - Radio mode
175
Title - Radio mode
175
Marker - Radio mode
175
Subsection - Selecting radio mode
175
Title - Selecting radio mode
175
Marker - Selecting radio mode
175
Para - Press
175
Subsection - Selecting the band
175
Title - Selecting the band
175
Marker - Selecting the band
175
Para - <GRAPHIK>
175
Symbol - <GRAPHIK>
175
Subsection - Manual tuning
176
Title - Manual tuning
176
Marker - Manual tuning
176
Para - <GRAPHIK>
176
Symbol - <GRAPHIK>
176
Para - The first three tuning steps will take place without muting. The radio will then be muted ...
176
Subsection - Seek tuning
176
Title - Seek tuning
176
Marker - Seek tuning
176
Para - Press either the
176
Subsection - Scan tuning
176
Title - Scan tuning
176
Marker - Scan tuning
176
Para - <GRAPHIK>
176
Symbol - <GRAPHIK>
176
Subsection - Weather Band
177
Title - Weather Band
177
Marker - Weather Band
177
Para - Press the
177
Para - Use buttons
177
Subsection - Station memory
177
Title - Station memory
177
Marker - Station memory
177
Para - Ten stations each in the AM and FM bands can be stored via the alpha-numeric keypad. The
177
Subsection - Storing stations automatically (Autostore)
177
Title - Storing stations automatically (Autostore)
177
Marker - Storing stations automatically (Autostore)
177
Para - <GRAPHIK>
177
Symbol - <GRAPHIK>
177
Note - Note:
177
BlockTitle - Note:
177
Para - Autostore memory is in addition to the regular station memory. Previously stored stations ...
177
Para - Briefly press
177
Subsection - Storing stations
178
Title - Storing stations
178
Marker - Storing stations
178
Para - Hold the desired number button
178
Subsection - Retrieving a station from memory
178
Title - Retrieving a station from memory
178
Marker - Retrieving a station from memory
178
Para - Press the desired station button
178
Subsection - Direct frequency input AM and FM only
178
Title - Direct frequency input AM and FM only
178
Marker - Direct frequency input AM and FM only
178
Para - <GRAPHIK>
178
Symbol - <GRAPHIK>
178
Section - Cassette mode
178
Title - Cassette mode
178
Subsection - Playing cassettes
178
Title - Playing cassettes
178
Marker - Playing cassettes
178
Para - Press the
178
Note - Note:
178
BlockTitle - Note:
178
Para - Do not press directly on the display face.
178
Para - Return the display panel to its normal position by folding it back up and pressing gently ...
178
Important - Important!
178
BlockTitle - Important!
178
Para - If the display is in the down position for more than 20\x11seconds, 2\x11successive beeps will b...
178
Para - <GRAPHIK>
179
Symbol - <GRAPHIK>
179
Para - The cassette will not be ejected when the system is switched off or another mode is selected.
179
Para - If a cassette is in the mechanism, cassette mode can be selected by using the
179
Para - If no cassette has been inserted, the display will show
179
Subsection - Cassette eject
179
Title - Cassette eject
179
Marker - Cassette eject
179
Para - Press the
179
Note - Notes:
179
BlockTitle - Notes:
179
Para - The cassette will not be ejected when the system is switched off. If a cassette is not eje...
179
Important - Important!
179
BlockTitle - Important!
179
Para - If the display is in the down position for more than 20\x11seconds, 2\x11successive beeps will b...
179
Subsection - Track selection
180
Title - Track selection
180
Marker - Track selection
180
Para - <GRAPHIK>
180
Symbol - <GRAPHIK>
180
Subsection - Track search forwards/backwards
180
Title - Track search forwards/backwards
180
Marker - Track search forwards/backwards
180
Para - <GRAPHIK>
180
Symbol - <GRAPHIK>
180
Para - <GRAPHIK>
180
Symbol - <GRAPHIK>
180
Note - Note:
180
BlockTitle - Note:
180
Para - The beginning of a track can only be located if there is a break of at least 4\x11seconds bet...
180
Subsection - Fast forward/reverse
180
Title - Fast forward/reverse
180
Marker - Fast forward/reverse
180
Para - <GRAPHIK>
180
Symbol - <GRAPHIK>
180
Para - <GRAPHIK>
180
Symbol - <GRAPHIK>
180
Para - Fast forward/reverse is stopped by pressing the same button again, or it will stop automat...
180
Subsection - Scanning
181
Title - Scanning
181
Marker - Scanning
181
Para - <GRAPHIK>
181
Symbol - <GRAPHIK>
181
Subsection - Scanning
181
Title - Scanning
181
Marker - Scanning
181
Para - <GRAPHIK>
181
Symbol - <GRAPHIK>
181
Para - With the
181
Subsection - Dolby\x11NR
181
Title - Dolby\x11NR
181
Para - <GRAPHIK>
181
Symbol - <GRAPHIK>
181
Section - CD mode
182
Title - CD mode
182
Subsection - General notes on CD mode
182
Title - General notes on CD mode
182
Marker - General notes on CD mode
182
Para - Should excessive temperatures occur while in CD mode,
182
Para - Should temperatures occur while in CD mode which are too low,
182
Para - Handle CDs carefully to prevent interference during playback.
182
Para - Avoid fingerprints and dust on CDs. Do not write on the CDs or apply any label or other ma...
182
Para - Clean CDs from time to time with a commercially available cleaning cloth. No solvents, ant...
182
Para - Replace the CD in its container after use. Protect CDs from heat and direct sunlight.
182
Warning - <TABELLE>
182
TBody - <TABELLENHAUPTTEXT>
182
Row - <TABELLENREIHE>
182
Entry - Warning!
182
Para - Warning!
182
Para - The CD changer
182
Row - <TABELLENREIHE>
182
Entry - Do not remove the cover. The CD changer1 does not contain any parts which can be serviced...
182
Para - Do not remove the cover. The CD changer
182
Para - 1 Optional equipment
182
Footnote - 1 Optional equipment
182
Subsection - CD changer
183
Title - CD changer
183
Figure - <GRAPHIK>
183
OrderedList - 1 CD changer
183
Item - 1 CD changer
183
Item - 2 CD magazine
183
Item - 3 CD tray
183
Item - 4 CD
183
Para - If a CD changer
183
Subsection - Loading/emptying the CD magazine
183
Title - Loading/emptying the CD magazine
183
Marker - Loading/emptying the CD magazine
183
Marker - Audio system:CD changer
183
Para - Slide the changer door to the right until it latches open and press the eject button
183
Important - Important!
183
BlockTitle - Important!
183
Para - Close the door after the magazine has been inserted.
183
Subsection - Playing CDs
184
Title - Playing CDs
184
Marker - Playing CDs
184
Para - Press the
184
Para - <GRAPHIK>
184
Symbol - <GRAPHIK>
184
Para - <GRAPHIK>
184
Symbol - <GRAPHIK>
184
Subsection - Skipping tracks forward/backward
184
Title - Skipping tracks forward/backward
184
Marker - Skipping tracks forward/backward
184
Para - Press the
184
Para - Press the
184
Subsection - Fast forward/reverse
185
Title - Fast forward/reverse
185
Marker - Fast forward/reverse
185
Para - Press and hold the
185
Para - Press and hold the
185
Para - <GRAPHIK>
185
Symbol - <GRAPHIK>
185
Subsection - Scanning
185
Title - Scanning
185
Marker - Scanning
185
Para - Press the
185
Subsection - Random play/repeat function
185
Title - Random play/repeat function
185
Marker - Random play/repeat function
185
Para - The tracks of the current CD are played in random order when the random feature (RDM) is s...
185
Para - <GRAPHIK>
185
Symbol - <GRAPHIK>
185
Note - Note:
185
BlockTitle - Note:
185
Para - Both functions cannot be used simultaneously.
185
Subsection - Direct track selection
186
Title - Direct track selection
186
Marker - Direct track selection
186
Para - Tracks can be selected directly using the buttons on the alpha-numeric keypad. Press the
186
Subsection -
186
Title -
186
Marker -
186
Para - <GRAPHIK>
186
Symbol - <GRAPHIK>
186
Para - Pressing the function button
186
Section - Telephone operation
186
Title - Telephone operation
186
Para - Various functions of the Mercedes-Benz integrated portable cellular telephone
186
Subsection - Switching the telephone on and off
186
Title - Switching the telephone on and off
186
Marker - Switching the telephone on and off
186
Para - Switching on: Press the
186
Para - Switching off: Press and hold the
186
Footnote - 1 Optional equipment
186
Subsection -
187
Title -
187
Marker -
187
Para - Turning the control knob clockwise will increase the volume, counterclockwise will decreas...
187
Note - Note:
187
BlockTitle - Note:
187
Para - The volume setting can be selected separately for the telephone, audio system and voice re...
187
Subsection - Entering telephone number and starting dialing process
187
Title - Entering telephone number and starting dialing process
187
Marker - Entering telephone number and starting dialing process
187
Para - <GRAPHIK>
187
Symbol - <GRAPHIK>
187
Para - Press the
187
Para - Press and hold the
187
Subsection - Calling up the phone book
187
Title - Calling up the phone book
187
Marker - Calling up the phone book
187
Para - The numbers stored in the telephone number memory can be called up via either name or numb...
187
Subsection - Switching between name search and number search
187
Title - Switching between name search and number search
187
Marker - Switching between name search and number search
187
Para - Press
187
Para - Press
187
Subsection - Searching and selecting telephone book entries by name
188
Title - Searching and selecting telephone book entries by name
188
Para - <GRAPHIK>
188
Symbol - <GRAPHIK>
188
Para - Using the buttons
188
Note - Note:
188
BlockTitle - Note:
188
Para - Some signs and symbols cannot be displayed.
188
Subsection - Searching and selecting phone book entries by number
188
Title - Searching and selecting phone book entries by number
188
Marker - Searching and selecting phone book entries by number
188
Para - <GRAPHIK>
188
Symbol - <GRAPHIK>
188
Subsection - Placing a call
188
Title - Placing a call
188
Marker - Placing a call
188
Para - <GRAPHIK>
188
Symbol - <GRAPHIK>
188
Subsection - Manual repeat dialing (redial)
189
Title - Manual repeat dialing (redial)
189
Marker - Manual repeat dialing (redial)
189
Para - The last number entered can be re-selected by pressing the
189
Para - <GRAPHIK>
189
Symbol - <GRAPHIK>
189
Subsection - Automatic repeat dialing (redial)
189
Title - Automatic repeat dialing (redial)
189
Marker - Automatic repeat dialing (redial)
189
Para - If no call can be placed, press the
189
Para - REDIAL
189
Quotes - REDIAL
189
Subsection - Abbreviated dialing from previously stored telephone numbers
189
Title - Abbreviated dialing from previously stored telephone numbers
189
Subtitle - Quick-dialing
189
Bold - Quick-dialing
189
Para - <GRAPHIK>
189
Symbol - <GRAPHIK>
189
Para - Press the soft key
189
Subsection - Speed dialing
189
Title - Speed dialing
189
Marker - Speed dialing
189
Para - Enter the memory location desired with buttons
189
Para - To correct the last digit press the soft key
189
Para - The abbreviation
189
Subsection - Turbo-dialing
190
Title - Turbo-dialing
190
Marker - Turbo-dialing
190
Para - Press one of the number buttons
190
Para - The phone number or the name stored at this memory location will appear on the screen.
190
Para - When the call is initiated, the call time will appear on the display.
190
Note - Note:
190
BlockTitle - Note:
190
Para - Please be aware that button
190
Subsection - Multi party call
190
Title - Multi party call
190
Marker - Multi party call
190
Para - While on the telephone, a second call can be accepted by pressing the
190
Para - An additional call can be accepted after ending one of the previous calls.
190
Subsection - Accepting incoming call in telephone mode
190
Title - Accepting incoming call in telephone mode
190
Marker - Accepting incoming call in telephone mode
190
Para - <GRAPHIK>
190
Symbol - <GRAPHIK>
190
Subsection - Accepting incoming call in tape, CD or radio mode
190
Title - Accepting incoming call in tape, CD or radio mode
190
Marker - Accepting incoming call in tape, CD or radio mode
190
Para - If the telephone is activated in the background (symbol
190
Subsection - Terminating call
191
Title - Terminating call
191
Marker - Terminating call
191
Para - A current call can be terminated by pressing the
191
Subsection - Muting a call
191
Title - Muting a call
191
Marker - Muting a call
191
Para - <GRAPHIK>
191
Symbol - <GRAPHIK>
191
Subsection - Component malfunctions
191
Title - Component malfunctions
191
Marker - Component malfunctions
191
Para - The radio, CD changer
191
Para - 1 Optional equipment
191
Footnote - 1 Optional equipment
191
Subsection - Emergency call
192
Title - Emergency call
192
Important - Important!
192
BlockTitle - Important!
192
Para - If you press button
192
Para - The 911 emergency call system is a public service. Using it without due cause is a crimina...
192
Para - You can make an emergency call to an emergency rescue station with a mobile communications...
192
Para - The emergency call will be placed as long as the corresponding mobile communications netwo...
192
Para - The call will also be placed if the unlock-code is not entered.
192
Para - Emergency calls may not be possible with all telephone networks or if certain network serv...
192
Para - To use this function you must ensure that the number stored in memory location 1 is the nu...
192
Note - Note:
192
BlockTitle - Note:
192
Para - <GRAPHIK>
192
Symbol - <GRAPHIK>
192
Section - Power windows
193
Title - Power windows
193
Marker - Power windows
193
Figure - <GRAPHIK>
193
Para - The control panel is located on the driver’s door.
193
Para - Switches for:
193
OrderedList - 1 left, front
193
Item - 1 left, front
193
Item - 2 right, front
193
Item - 3 left, rear
193
Item - 4 right, rear
193
Para - There are individual switches in the front passenger door and the rear doors for the respe...
193
Para - Turn electronic key in starter switch to position\x111 or\x112.
193
Para - Opening the windows: Press the switch to resistance point.
193
Para - Closing the windows: Pull the switch to resistance point.
193
Para - Release switch when window is in desired position.
193
Subsection - Power windows:Express opening and closing
194
Title - Power windows:Express opening and closing
194
Marker - Power windows:Express opening and closing
194
Para - Press or pull switch past resistance point and release\x11– window opens or closes completely.
194
Para - To interrupt procedure, briefly press or pull switch.
194
Para - If the upward movement of the window is blocked during the closing procedure, the window w...
194
Para - When pulling and holding the switch to close the window, and upward movement of the window...
194
Note - Note:
194
BlockTitle - Note:
194
Para - The power windows can also be opened and closed using the convenience opening\x12/\x12closing fe...
194
Warning - <TABELLE>
194
TBody - <TABELLENHAUPTTEXT>
194
Row - <TABELLENREIHE>
194
Entry -
194
Row - <TABELLENREIHE>
194
Entry - Warning!
194
Para - Warning!
194
Para - When closing the windows, be sure that there is no danger of anyone being harmed by the cl...
194
Row - <TABELLENREIHE>
194
Entry - In case of obstruction, the automatic reversal will not operate if a window is being clos...
194
Para - In case of obstruction, the automatic reversal will not operate if a window is being close...
194
Row - <TABELLENREIHE>
194
Entry - The closing procedure can be immediately reversed by either pressing or pulling the switc...
194
Para - The closing procedure can be immediately reversed by either pressing or pulling the switch...
194
Row - <TABELLENREIHE>
194
Entry - When leaving the vehicle, always remove the electronic key from starter switch, and lock ...
194
Para - When leaving the vehicle, always remove the electronic key from starter switch, and lock y...
194
Subsection - Power windows:Blocking of rear door window operation
195
Title - Power windows:Blocking of rear door window operation
195
Marker - Power windows:Blocking of rear door window operation
195
Figure - <GRAPHIK>
195
Para - The switch\x11(1) is located on the driver’s door.
195
Para - If no operation of the rear windows by switch (for instance by children) is desired, slide...
195
Para - Operation of the rear door windows with the switches located in the driver’s door is still...
195
Subsection - Power windows:Synchronizing power windows
195
Title - Power windows:Synchronizing power windows
195
Marker - Power windows:Synchronizing power windows
195
Para - If the power supply was interrupted, (battery disconnected or low), the windows cannot be ...
195
Para - To resynchronize the express feature, pull switch until the window is completely closed an...
195
Para - The automatic full opening and closing procedure of the windows should now be restored.
195
Section - Sliding/pop-up roof
196
Title - Sliding/pop-up roof
196
Marker - Sliding/pop-up roof
196
Figure - <GRAPHIK>
196
OrderedList - 1 to slide roof open
196
Item - 1 to slide roof open
196
Item - 2 to slide roof closed
196
Item - 3 to raise roof at rear
196
Item - 4 to lower roof at rear
196
Para - Turn the electronic key in starter switch to position\x111 or\x112.
196
Para - To open, close, raise or lower the sliding/pop-up roof: Move the switch to resistance poin...
196
Para - Release the switch when the roof has reached the required position.
196
Warning - <TABELLE>
196
TBody - <TABELLENHAUPTTEXT>
196
Row - <TABELLENREIHE>
196
Entry - Warning!
196
Para - Warning!
196
Para - When closing the sliding\x12/\x12pop-up roof, be sure that there is no danger of anyone being ha...
196
Row - <TABELLENREIHE>
196
Entry - When leaving the vehicle, always remove the electronic key from starter switch, and lock ...
196
Para - When leaving the vehicle, always remove the electronic key from starter switch, and lock y...
196
Subsection - Opening or closing the sliding\x12/\x12pop-up roof automatically
197
Title - Opening or closing the sliding\x12/\x12pop-up roof automatically
197
Para - Move the switch past resistance point in the direction required and release.
197
Para - The sliding\x12/\x12pop-up roof opens or closes completely.
197
Para - Stopping the sliding\x12/\x12pop-up roof: Move the switch in any direction.
197
Para - If the movement of the sliding\x12/\x12pop-up roof is blocked during the closing procedure, the ...
197
Warning - <TABELLE>
197
TBody - <TABELLENHAUPTTEXT>
197
Row - <TABELLENREIHE>
197
Entry - Warning!
197
Para - Warning!
197
Para - When closing the sliding\x12/\x12pop-up roof, be sure that there is no danger of anyone being ha...
197
Row - <TABELLENREIHE>
197
Entry - When leaving the vehicle, always remove the electronic key from starter switch, and lock ...
197
Para - When leaving the vehicle, always remove the electronic key from starter switch, and lock y...
197
Para - With the roof closed or tilted open, a screen can be slid into the roof opening to guard a...
197
Note - Notes:
197
BlockTitle - Notes:
197
Para - The sliding\x12/\x12pop-up roof can also be opened and closed using the summer opening\x12/\x12conveni...
197
Para - To avoid damaging the seals, do not transport any objects with sharp edges which can stick...
197
Para - The sliding/pop-up roof can be opened or closed manually should an electrical malfunction ...
197
Subsection - Sliding/pop-up roof:Synchronizing
197
Title - Sliding/pop-up roof:Synchronizing
197
Marker - Sliding/pop-up roof:Synchronizing
197
Para - The sliding\x12/\x12pop-up roof must be resynchronized if the power supply has been interrupted ...
197
ItemizedList - • Press the switch in the
197
Item - • Press the switch in the
197
Section - Interior lighting
198
Title - Interior lighting
198
Marker - Interior lighting
198
Figure - <GRAPHIK>
198
OrderedList - 1 Rear interior lights
198
Item - 1 Rear interior lights
198
ItemPara - Press the button to switch the rear passenger compartment lights on\x12/\x12off.
198
Item - 2 Right front reading lamp
198
ItemPara - Press the button to switch the reading lamp on or off. The right reading lamp will be ...
198
Item - 3 To switch off automatic function: Press the rocker switch.
198
ItemPara - The interior lighting remains switched off, even when unlocking the vehicle or opening...
198
Item - 4 To select automatic function: Press the rocker switch to the center position.
198
ItemPara - Interior lamps are switched on, and off (soft fade) delayed, when unlocking or locking...
198
Item - 5 Interior lamps, front: Press rocker switch in to switch front interior lamps on. The int...
198
ItemPara - Switching off the front interior lighting: Press rocker switch to position\x11(3) or\x11(4).
198
Item - 6 Left front reading lamp: Press the button to switch the reading lamp on or off. The left...
198
Note - Notes:
199
BlockTitle - Notes:
199
Para - The time delay for the interior light to switch off after the electronic key is removed fr...
199
Para - To prevent the vehicle battery from being discharged with doors open, all interior lamps s...
199
Para - An interior lamp switched on manually does not go out automatically. Before leaving the ve...
199
Subsection - Door entry lamps
199
Title - Door entry lamps
199
Para - The appropriate entry lamp switches on if a door is opened in darkness and if the interior...
199
Para - The entry lamp switches off automatically when the door is closed.
199
Section - Rear window sunshade
200
Title - Rear window sunshade
200
Marker - Rear window sunshade
200
Figure - <GRAPHIK>
200
Para - The switch is located in the center console.
200
Para - Turn the electronic key in starter switch to position\x111 or\x112.
200
Para - Press the switch briefly:
200
OrderedList - 1 to raise
200
Item - 1 to raise
200
Item - 2 to lower
200
Para - Always raise the sunshade fully for its support against the window frame.
200
Warning - <TABELLE>
200
TBody - <TABELLENHAUPTTEXT>
200
Row - <TABELLENREIHE>
200
Entry - Warning!
200
Para - Warning!
200
Para - When operating the rear window sunshade, be sure that there is no danger of anyone being h...
200
Row - <TABELLENREIHE>
200
Entry - The raising or lowering procedure can be immediately halted by briefly pressing the upper...
200
Para - The raising or lowering procedure can be immediately halted by briefly pressing the upper ...
200
Row - <TABELLENREIHE>
200
Entry - Briefly press upper or lower half of the switch again to raise or lower the rear window s...
200
Para - Briefly press upper or lower half of the switch again to raise or lower the rear window su...
200
Row - <TABELLENREIHE>
200
Entry - When leaving the vehicle, always remove the electronic key from starter switch, and lock ...
200
Para - When leaving the vehicle, always remove the electronic key from starter switch, and lock y...
200
Section - Sun visors
201
Title - Sun visors
201
Marker - Sun visors
201
Figure - <GRAPHIK>
201
Para - Swing sun visors\x11(2) down\x11(arrow\x113) to protect against sun glare.
201
Para - If sunlight enters through a side window, disengage sun visor\x11(2) from the inner mounting\x11...
201
Section - Vanity mirrors
201
Title - Vanity mirrors
201
Marker - Vanity mirrors
201
Figure - <GRAPHIK>
201
OrderedList - 1 Illuminated vanity mirror
201
Item - 1 Illuminated vanity mirror
201
ItemPara - With the visor engaged in its inner mounting\x11(2), the lamp\x11(4) can be switched on by o...
201
ItemPara - Fold the cover\x11(3) down to close the vanity mirror.
201
Warning - <TABELLE>
201
TBody - <TABELLENHAUPTTEXT>
201
Row - <TABELLENREIHE>
201
Entry - Warning!
201
Para - Warning!
201
Para - Do not use the vanity mirror while driving.
201
Section - Interior
202
Title - Interior
202
Marker - Interior
202
Warning - <TABELLE>
202
TBody - <TABELLENHAUPTTEXT>
202
Row - <TABELLENREIHE>
202
Entry - Warning!
202
Para - Warning!
202
Para - To help avoid personal injury during a collision or sudden maneuver, exercise care when st...
202
Row - <TABELLENREIHE>
202
Entry - Luggage nets cannot secure hard or heavy objects.
202
Para - Luggage nets cannot secure hard or heavy objects.
202
Section - Storage compartments and armrests
202
Title - Storage compartments and armrests
202
Marker - Storage compartments and armrests
202
Warning - <TABELLE>
202
TBody - <TABELLENHAUPTTEXT>
202
Row - <TABELLENREIHE>
202
Entry - Warning!
202
Para - Warning!
202
Para - Keep compartment lids closed. This will help to prevent stored objects from being thrown a...
202
Subsection - Glove box
203
Title - Glove box
203
Marker - Glove box
203
Figure - <GRAPHIK>
203
OrderedList - 1 Unlocked position
203
Item - 1 Unlocked position
203
Item - 2 Locked position
203
Item - 3 Glove box
203
Item - 4 Glove box lid release Pull to open
203
Note - Notes:
203
BlockTitle - Notes:
203
Para - Prior to closing the glove box, close the compartment for glasses first.
203
Para - The glove box can be locked and unlocked with the mechanical key. See page\x11
203
Subsection - P68.00-2161-26
204
Title - P68.00-2161-26
204
Marker - P68.00-2161-26
204
Figure - <GRAPHIK>
204
OrderedList - 5 Storage compartment in front of armrest
204
Item - 5 Storage compartment in front of armrest
204
Para - To open: Slide cover\x11(5) rearward.
204
Para - To close: Slide cover\x11(5) forward.
204
Note - Note:
204
BlockTitle - Note:
204
Para - The compartment contains a lighter (see page\x11
204
Subsection - P68.00-2163-26
205
Title - P68.00-2163-26
205
Marker - P68.00-2163-26
205
Figure - <GRAPHIK>
205
Para - To open compartment in armrest: Lift armrest by handle\x11(6).
205
Para - To open compartment under armrest: Lift armrest by handle\x11(7).
205
Para - To close: Lower armrest until it engages in lock.
205
Para - To change inclination of armrest: Pull up on armrest.
205
Para - To lower armrest: Pull handle (7).
205
Note - Notes:
205
BlockTitle - Notes:
205
Para - The storage compartment can be heated or cooled, see page\x11
205
Para - The compartment can get very warm due to its confined space. When storing heat sensitive o...
205
Para - Do not obstruct the air outlet in the storage compartment.
205
Section - Cup holder
206
Title - Cup holder
206
Marker - Cup holder
206
Figure - <GRAPHIK>
206
OrderedList - 1 Cup holder in front seat armrest
206
Item - 1 Cup holder in front seat armrest
206
Para - Open the storage compartment in front of the armrest, see\x11page\x11
206
Para - Close the storage compartment in front of the armrest, see\x11page\x11
206
Para - .
206
Warning - <TABELLE>
206
TBody - <TABELLENHAUPTTEXT>
206
Row - <TABELLENREIHE>
206
Entry - Warning!
206
Para - Warning!
206
Para - Keep the cup holder closed while traveling. Place only containers that fit into the cup ho...
206
OrderedList - P91.27-2014-26
207
Item - P91.27-2014-26
207
Marker - P91.27-2014-26
207
Graphic - <GRAPHIK>
207
Para - To open: Push front of sliding compartment – the cup holder slides out.
207
Para - To close: Push the sliding compartment back until it engages.
207
Warning - <TABELLE>
207
TBody - <TABELLENHAUPTTEXT>
207
Row - <TABELLENREIHE>
207
Entry - Warning!
207
Para - Warning!
207
Para - Keep the cup holder closed while traveling. Place only containers that fit into the cup ho...
207
Section - Ashtrays
208
Title - Ashtrays
208
Marker - Ashtrays
208
Subtitle - Center console
208
Bold - Center console
208
Para - To open: Briefly touch the mark on the cover, the ashtray opens automatically.
208
Para - To remove ashtray insert from center console:
208
Warning - <TABELLE>
208
TBody - <TABELLENHAUPTTEXT>
208
Row - <TABELLENREIHE>
208
Entry - Warning!
208
Para - Warning!
208
Para - Remove front ashtray only with vehicle standing still. With the gear selector lever in pos...
208
Para - Prior to removing the ashtray insert, move the gear selector lever to position\x11
208
Para - <GRAPHIK>
208
Graphic - <GRAPHIK>
208
Marker - P68.20-0507-26
208
Para - To replace insert: Install insert into ashtray frame and push down to engage into place.
208
Subsection - Rear seats
209
Title - Rear seats
209
Figure - <GRAPHIK>
209
Subtitle - To open ashtray:
209
Para - Pull at top of cover.
209
Subtitle - To remove insert:
209
Para - Press latch (2) and remove insert.
209
Subtitle - To replace insert:
209
Para - Install insert and close the ashtray.
209
Section - Lighter
210
Title - Lighter
210
Marker - Lighter
210
Figure - <GRAPHIK>
210
OrderedList - 1 Center console lighter
210
Item - 1 Center console lighter
210
Para - The lighter is located in the center console compartment in front of the armrest, see\x11page\x11
210
Para - Turn the electronic key in starter switch to position\x111 or\x112.
210
Para - Push in lighter in\x11(1); it will pop out automatically when hot.
210
Warning - <TABELLE>
210
TBody - <TABELLENHAUPTTEXT>
210
Row - <TABELLENREIHE>
210
Entry - Warning!
210
Para - Warning!
210
Para - Never touch the heating element or sides of the lighter, they are extremely hot, hold at k...
210
Row - <TABELLENREIHE>
210
Entry - When leaving the vehicle always remove the electronic key from the starter switch. Do not...
210
Para - When leaving the vehicle always remove the electronic key from the starter switch. Do not ...
210
Note - Note:
210
BlockTitle - Note:
210
Para - The lighter can be operated with electronic key in starter switch position\x111 or\x112.
210
Para - The lighter socket can be used to accommodate electrical accessories up to a maximum 85\x11W.
210
Section - Parcel net in front passenger footwell
211
Title - Parcel net in front passenger footwell
211
Marker - Parcel net in front passenger footwell
211
Para - A small convenience parcel net is located in the front passenger footwell. It is for small...
211
Warning - <TABELLE>
211
TBody - <TABELLENHAUPTTEXT>
211
Row - <TABELLENREIHE>
211
Entry - Warning!
211
Para - Warning!
211
Para - Do not place heavy or fragile objects, or objects having sharp edges, in the parcel net.
211
Row - <TABELLENREIHE>
211
Entry - In an accident, during hard braking or sudden maneuvers, they could be thrown around insi...
211
Para - In an accident, during hard braking or sudden maneuvers, they could be thrown around insid...
211
Section - Ski sack
211
Title - Ski sack
211
Figure - <GRAPHIK>
211
Subtitle - Unfolding and loading
211
Bold - Unfolding and loading
211
OrderedList - 1. Fold armrest down (arrow).
211
Item - 1. Fold armrest down (arrow).
211
Item - 2. Swing cover\x11(1) down.
211
Item - <GRAPHIK>
212
Graphic - <GRAPHIK>
212
Item - <GRAPHIK>
212
Graphic - <GRAPHIK>
212
Item - <GRAPHIK>
213
Graphic - <GRAPHIK>
213
Warning - <TABELLE>
213
TBody - <TABELLENHAUPTTEXT>
213
Row - <TABELLENREIHE>
213
Entry - Warning!
213
Para - Warning!
213
Para - The ski sack is designed for up to four pairs of skis. Do not load the ski sack with other...
213
Row - <TABELLENREIHE>
213
Entry - Always fasten the ski sack securely. In an accident, an unfastened ski sack can cause inj...
213
Para - Always fasten the ski sack securely. In an accident, an unfastened ski sack can cause inju...
213
OrderedList - <GRAPHIK>
213
Item - <GRAPHIK>
213
Graphic - <GRAPHIK>
213
Item - 7. Close clasp\x11(arrows 4 and 5) and pull strap tight to immobilize skis.
213
Item - <GRAPHIK>
214
Graphic - <GRAPHIK>
214
Subtitle - Unloading and folding
214
Bold - Unloading and folding
214
OrderedList - 1. Loosen strap, open clasp by pressing tabs (arrows) together, and unload skis.
214
Item - 1. Loosen strap, open clasp by pressing tabs (arrows) together, and unload skis.
214
Item - 2. Close flap in trunk.
214
Item - 3. Disconnect snap hook\x11(6) from eye\x11(7).
214
Item - 4. Fold and flatten ski sack lengthwise and place folded ski sack inside recess of backrest.
214
Item - <GRAPHIK>
215
Graphic - <GRAPHIK>
215
Subsection - Removal of ski sack
215
Title - Removal of ski sack
215
Para - For removal of the ski sack we recommend that you contact an authorized Mercedes-Benz Center.
215
Note - Note:
215
BlockTitle - Note:
215
Para - To prevent unauthorized persons from access to the trunk, always close the pass-through.
215
Section - Enlarged cargo area
216
Title - Enlarged cargo area
216
Figure - <GRAPHIK>
216
OrderedList - 1. Pull handle (1) located in trunk to unlock backrest.
216
Item - 1. Pull handle (1) located in trunk to unlock backrest.
216
Para - On vehicles with optional split folding rear seat backrest you can fold down the two secti...
216
Subsection - Split folding rear seat bench
216
Title - Split folding rear seat bench
216
Figure - <GRAPHIK>
216
OrderedList - 2. Pull handle (2) and fold seat cushion (3) forward.
216
Item - 2. Pull handle (2) and fold seat cushion (3) forward.
216
Item - 3. Fully retract and fold down head restraints, see page\x11
216
Item - 4. Fold backrest (4) forward.
216
Subsection - Setting up rear seat bench
217
Title - Setting up rear seat bench
217
Bold - Setting up rear seat bench
217
Figure - <GRAPHIK>
217
OrderedList - 1. Pull backrest\x11(4) up until it locks in its upright position. Check for secure lo...
217
Item - 1. Pull backrest\x11(4) up until it locks in its upright position. Check for secure locking b...
217
ItemPara - The pop\x15up indicators\x11(5) (left and right backrest section) are visible in unlocked po...
217
Item - 2. Fold seat cushion (3) back until it locks in place. Check for secure locking by pressin...
217
Subsection -
217
Title -
217
Figure - <GRAPHIK>
217
Warning - <TABELLE>
217
TBody - <TABELLENHAUPTTEXT>
217
Row - <TABELLENREIHE>
217
Entry - Warning!
217
Para - Warning!
217
Para - Always lock backrest in its upright position when rear seat bench is occupied by passenger...
217
Note - Note:
217
BlockTitle - Note:
217
Para - To prevent unauthorized persons from access to the trunk, always lock backrest in its upri...
217
Section - Loading instructions
218
Title - Loading instructions
218
Figure - <GRAPHIK>
218
Para - The total load weight including vehicle occupants and luggage/cargo should not exceed the ...
218
Para - The handling characteristics of a fully loaded vehicle depend greatly on the load distribu...
218
Para - Always place items being carried against front or rear seat backrests, and fasten them as ...
218
Para - The heaviest portion of the cargo should always be kept as low as possible since it influe...
218
Note - Note:
218
BlockTitle - Note:
218
Para - The trunk is the preferred place to carry objects.
218
Para - The enlarged cargo area should only be used for items which do not fit in the trunk alone.
218
Warning - <TABELLE>
218
TBody - <TABELLENHAUPTTEXT>
218
Row - <TABELLENREIHE>
218
Entry -
218
Row - <TABELLENREIHE>
219
Entry - Warning!
219
Para - Warning!
219
Para - In an accident, during hard braking or sudden maneuvers, loose items will be thrown around...
219
Row - <TABELLENREIHE>
219
Entry - To help avoid personal injury during a collision or sudden maneuver, exercise care when s...
219
Para - To help avoid personal injury during a collision or sudden maneuver, exercise care when st...
219
Row - <TABELLENREIHE>
219
Entry - Never drive vehicle with trunk lid open while seat backrest sections not locked in their ...
219
Para - Never drive vehicle with trunk lid open while seat backrest sections not locked in their u...
219
Section - Cellular telephone
219
Title - Cellular telephone
219
Marker - Cellular telephone
219
Para - The vehicle is prepared for the installation of a cellular telephone. For further informat...
219
Warning - <TABELLE>
219
TBody - <TABELLENHAUPTTEXT>
219
Row - <TABELLENREIHE>
219
Entry - Warning!
219
Para - Warning!
219
Para - Some jurisdictions prohibit the driver from using a cellular telephone while driving a veh...
219
Para - Stop the vehicle in a safe location before answering or placing a call.
219
Section - Telephone, general
220
Title - Telephone, general
220
Marker - Telephone, general
220
Warning - <TABELLE>
220
TBody - <TABELLENHAUPTTEXT>
220
Row - <TABELLENREIHE>
220
Entry - Warning!
220
Para - Warning!
220
Para - A driver’s attention to the road must always be his\x12/ \x12her primary focus when driving. For...
220
Row - <TABELLENREIHE>
220
Entry - Some jurisdictions prohibit the driver from using a cellular telephone while driving a ve...
220
Para - Some jurisdictions prohibit the driver from using a cellular telephone while driving a veh...
220
Row - <TABELLENREIHE>
220
Entry -
220
Row - <TABELLENREIHE>
220
Entry - Bear in mind that at a speed of just 30\x11mph (approximately 50\x11km\x12/\x12h), your vehicle is co...
220
Para - Bear in mind that at a speed of just 30\x11mph (approximately 50\x11km\x12/\x12h), your vehicle is cov...
220
Row - <TABELLENREIHE>
220
Entry - Never operate radio transmitters equipped with a built-in or attached antenna (i.e. witho...
220
Para - Never operate radio transmitters equipped with a built-in or attached antenna (i.e. withou...
220
Para - See separate instruction manual for instructions on how to operate the telephone.
220
Section - Garage door opener
221
Title - Garage door opener
221
Marker - Garage door opener
221
Figure - <GRAPHIK>
221
OrderedList - 1 Signal transmitter keys
221
Item - 1 Signal transmitter keys
221
Item - 2 Indicator lamp
221
Item - 3 Portable remote control transmitter
221
Para - The built-in remote control is capable of operating up to three separately controlled obje...
221
Warning - <TABELLE>
221
TBody - <TABELLENHAUPTTEXT>
221
Row - <TABELLENREIHE>
221
Entry - Warning!
221
Para - Warning!
221
Para - When programming a garage door opener, the door moves up or down.
221
Row - <TABELLENREIHE>
221
Entry - When programming or operating the remote control make sure there is no possibility of any...
221
Para - When programming or operating the remote control make sure there is no possibility of anyo...
221
Note - Note:
221
BlockTitle - Note:
221
Para - Certain types of garage door openers are incompatible with the integrated opener. If you s...
221
Para - For operation in the USA only: This device complies with Part 15 of the FCC Rules. Operati...
222
Para - (1) This device may not cause harmful interference, and
222
Para - (2) this device must accept any interference received, including interference that may cau...
222
Para - Any unauthorized modification to this device could void the user’s authority to operate th...
222
Subtitle - Programming or reprogramming the integrated remote control:
222
Bold - Programming or reprogramming the integrated remote control:
222
OrderedList - 1. Turn electronic key in starter switch to position\x111 or\x112.
222
Item - 1. Turn electronic key in starter switch to position\x111 or\x112.
222
Item - 2. Hold the end of the hand-held transmitter of the device you wish to train approximately...
222
Item - 3. Using both hands, simultaneously push the hand- held transmitter button and the desired...
223
Item - 4. The indicator lamp on the integrated remote control will flash, first slowly and then r...
223
Note - Note:
223
BlockTitle - Note:
223
Para - If, after repeated attempts, you do not successfully program the integrated remote control...
223
Subtitle - Rolling code programming:
223
Bold - Rolling code programming:
223
Para - To train a garage door opener (or other rolling code devices) with the rolling code featur...
223
OrderedList - 1. Locate training button on the garage door opener motor head unit. Exact location...
223
Item - 1. Locate training button on the garage door opener motor head unit. Exact location and co...
223
Item - 2. Press
223
ItemPara - Note:
223
ItemPara - Following step\x112, there are 30\x11seconds to initiate step\x113.
223
Item - 3. Firmly press and release the programmed integrated remote control transmit button. Pres...
224
Item - 4. Confirm the garage door operation by pressing the programmed button on the integrated r...
224
Subtitle - Canadian programming:
224
Bold - Canadian programming:
224
Para - During programming, your hand-held transmitter may automatically stop transmitting. Contin...
224
Subtitle - Operation of remote control:
225
Bold - Operation of remote control:
225
OrderedList - 1. Turn electronic key in starter switch to position\x111 or\x112.
225
Item - 1. Turn electronic key in starter switch to position\x111 or\x112.
225
Item - 2. Select and press the appropriate button to activate the remote controlled device. The i...
225
Subtitle - Erasing the remote control memory:
225
Bold - Erasing the remote control memory:
225
OrderedList - 1. Turn electronic key in starter switch to position\x111 or\x112.
225
Item - 1. Turn electronic key in starter switch to position\x111 or\x112.
225
Item - 2. Simultaneously holding down the left and right side buttons for approximately 20\x11second...
225
ToC - Contents - Driving
226
Title - Contents - Driving
226
Marker - Contents - Driving
226
ToCEntry - Control and operation of radio transmitters 218
226
ToCEntry - The first 1 000 miles (1 500 km) 219
226
ToCEntry - Maintenance 219
226
ToCEntry - Tele Aid 220
226
ToCEntry - Catalytic converter 228
226
ToCEntry - Emission control 229
226
ToCEntry - Starter switch 230
226
ToCEntry - Starting and turning off the engine 232
226
ToCEntry - Manual transmission 233
226
ToCEntry - Automatic transmission 234
226
ToCEntry - Parking brake 243
226
ToCEntry - Driving instructions 244
226
ToCEntry - Drive sensibly – Save Fuel 244
226
ToCSubEntry - Drive sensibly – Save Fuel 244
226
ToCSubEntry - Drinking and driving 244
226
ToCSubEntry - Pedals 244
226
ToCSubEntry - Power assistance 245
226
ToCSubEntry - Brakes 245
226
ToCSubEntry - Driving off 246
226
ToCSubEntry - Parking 246
226
ToCSubEntry - Tires 247
226
ToCSubEntry - Snow chains 250
226
ToCSubEntry - Winter driving instructions 250
226
ToCSubEntry - Deep water 252
226
ToCSubEntry - Passenger compartment 253
226
ToCSubEntry - Traveling abroad 253
226
ToCEntry - Cruise control 254
226
ToCEntry - Brake assist system (BAS) 257
226
ToCEntry - Antilock brake system (ABS) 258
226
ToCEntry - Electronic stability program (ESP) 260
226
ToCEntry - What you should know at the gas station 264
226
ToCEntry - Check regularly and before a long trip 266
226
Part - Driving
227
Section - Driving
227
Title - Driving
227
Hypertext - Driving
227
Marker - Control and operation of radio transmitters
227
Subsection - COMAND, radio, telephone and two-way radio
227
Title - COMAND, radio, telephone and two-way radio
227
Marker - COMAND, radio, telephone and two-way radio
227
CapLetter - COMAND
227
Warning - <TABELLE>
227
TBody - <TABELLENHAUPTTEXT>
227
Row - <TABELLENREIHE>
227
Entry - Warning!
227
Para - Warning!
227
Para - Please do not forget that your primary responsibility is to drive the vehicle. Only operat...
227
Row - <TABELLENREIHE>
227
Entry - Bear in mind that at a speed of just 30\x11mph (approximately 50\x11km\x12/\x12h), your vehicle is co...
227
Para - Bear in mind that at a speed of just 30\x11mph (approximately 50\x11km\x12/\x12h), your vehicle is cov...
227
Para -
227
Para -
227
Para -
227
Para -
227
Para -
227
Para -
227
Footnote - 1 Observe all legal requirements.
227
Section -
227
Title -
227
Subsection - Telephones and two-way radios
227
Title - Telephones and two-way radios
227
Marker - Telephones and two-way radios
227
Warning - <TABELLE>
227
TBody - <TABELLENHAUPTTEXT>
227
Row - <TABELLENREIHE>
227
Entry - Warning!
227
Para - Warning!
227
Para - Never operate radio transmitters equipped with a built-in or attached antenna (i.e. withou...
227
Para - Radio transmitters, such as a portable telephone or a citizens band unit should only be us...
227
Para - Refer to the radio transmitter operation instructions regarding use of an external antenna.
227
Section - The first 1 000 miles (1 500 km)
228
Title - The first 1 000 miles (1 500 km)
228
Marker - The first 1 000 miles (1 500 km)
228
Para - The more cautiously you treat your vehicle during the break-in period, the more satisfied ...
228
Para - During this period, avoid heavy loads (full throttle driving) and excessive engine speeds.
228
Para - Avoid accelerating by kickdown. It is not recommended to brake the vehicle by manually shi...
228
Para - After 1\x11000 miles (1\x11500 km) speeds may be gradually increased to the permissible maximum.
228
Section - Maintenance
228
Title - Maintenance
228
Marker - Maintenance
228
Para - Approximately 30\x11days or 2000\x11miles (2000\x11km) prior to the next recommended service, the r...
228
Para - We strongly recommend that you have your vehicle serviced by your authorized Mercedes-Benz...
228
Para - Failure to have the vehicle maintained in accordance with the Service Booklet at the desig...
228
Section - Tele Aid
229
Title - Tele Aid
229
Marker - Tele Aid
229
Important - Important!
229
BlockTitle - Important!
229
Para - The initial activation of the Tele Aid system may only be performed by completing the subs...
229
Para - If you have any questions regarding activation, please call the Response Center at 1-800-7...
229
Subtitle - (
229
Para - The Tele\x11Aid system consists of three types of response; automatic and manual emergency, r...
229
Para - The Tele\x11Aid system is always operational, providing that the vehicle’s battery is charged...
229
Subsection - System self-check
229
Title - System self-check
229
Para - Initially, after turning the electronic key in starter switch to position\x112, malfunctions ...
229
Para - If a malfunction is indicated as outlined above, have the system checked at the nearest Me...
229
Important - Important!
229
BlockTitle - Important!
229
Para - Always make sure that the indicator lamp in the
229
Subsection - Emergency calls
229
Title - Emergency calls
229
Para - An emergency call is initiated automatically following an accident in which the Emergency ...
229
Para - Once the emergency call is in progress, the indicator lamp in the
230
Para - A voice connection between the Response Center and the occupants of the vehicle will be es...
230
Para - The Tele Aid system is available if:
230
ItemizedList - • it has been activated and is operational. Activation requires a subscription for...
230
Item - • it has been activated and is operational. Activation requires a subscription for monitor...
230
Item - • the relevant cellular phone network and
230
Note - Note:
230
BlockTitle - Note:
230
Para - Location of the vehicle on a map is possible if the vehicle is able to receive signals fro...
230
Warning - <TABELLE>
230
TBody - <TABELLENHAUPTTEXT>
230
Row - <TABELLENREIHE>
230
Entry - Warning!
230
Para - Warning!
230
Para - If the indicator lamp in the
230
Row - <TABELLENREIHE>
230
Entry - Should this occur, assistance must be summoned by other means.
230
Para - Should this occur, assistance must be summoned by other means.
230
Subsection - P82.00-0410-26
231
Title - P82.00-0410-26
231
Marker - P82.00-0410-26
231
Figure - <GRAPHIK>
231
Para - Manually: Briefly press on cover\x11(1) – the cover will open.
231
Subsection - P68.20-0411-26
231
Title - P68.20-0411-26
231
Marker - P68.20-0411-26
231
Figure - <GRAPHIK>
231
Para - Press the emergency call switch\x11(2) briefly (for longer than 2\x11seconds). The indicator lam...
231
Para - Close the cover\x11(1) after the emergency call is concluded.
231
Warning - <TABELLE>
231
TBody - <TABELLENHAUPTTEXT>
231
Row - <TABELLENREIHE>
231
Entry -
231
Row - <TABELLENREIHE>
232
Entry - Warning!
232
Para - Warning!
232
Para - If you feel at any way in jeopardy when in the vehicle (e.g. smoke or fire in the vehicle,...
232
Subsection - Roadside Assistance button
232
Title - Roadside Assistance button
232
Para - Located below the center armrest cover is the Roadside Assistance button\x11
232
Para - A voice connection between the Roadside Assistance dispatcher and the occupants of the veh...
232
Para - If the vehicle requires more than Sign and Drive services, the Mercedes-Benz Roadside assi...
232
Para - For other than Sign and Drive services, labor and\x12/\x12or towing charges may apply. Refer to ...
232
Note - Notes:
232
BlockTitle - Notes:
232
Para - The indicator lamp in the Roadside Assistance button\x11
232
Para - See system self\x15check on page\x11
232
Subsection - Information button
233
Title - Information button
233
Para - Located below the center armrest cover is the Information button\x11
233
Para - A voice connection between the Client Assistance Center representative and the occupants o...
233
Para - If you have chosen the Route Guidance Service (an optional service available at additional...
233
Para - For more details concerning this optional service, please contact the Response Center at\x111...
233
Note - Notes:
233
BlockTitle - Notes:
233
Para - The indicator lamp in the Information button\x11
233
Para - See system self\x15check on page\x11
233
Important - Important!
233
BlockTitle - Important!
233
Para - If the indicator lamps do not illuminate or remain illuminated (in red) at any time, the T...
233
Subtitle - Upgrade Signals
234
Para - Tele Aid system processes calls using the following priority.
234
ItemizedList - • Automatic emergency\x11–\x11First priority
234
Item - • Automatic emergency\x11–\x11First priority
234
Item - • Manual emergency\x11–\x11Second priority
234
Item - • Roadside assistance\x11–\x11Third priority
234
Item - • Information\x11–\x11Fourth priority
234
Para - Should a higher priority call be initiated while you are connected, an upgrade (alternatin...
234
Important - Important!
234
BlockTitle - Important!
234
Para - If the indicator lamp continues to flash or the system does not reset, contact the Respons...
234
Note - Notes:
234
BlockTitle - Notes:
234
Para - The indicator lamp in the respective button flashes until the call is concluded and this c...
234
Subsection - Remote door unlock
235
Title - Remote door unlock
235
Para - In the case you have your vehicle locked unintentionally (e.g. key inside vehicle), and th...
235
Para - Then return to your vehicle and pull outside trunk handle for a minimum of 20\x11seconds.
235
Para - The Response Center will then unlock your vehicle with the remote door unlocking feature.
235
Note - Note:
235
BlockTitle - Note:
235
Para - The remote door unlock feature is available if the relevant cellular phone network and
235
Subsection - Vehicle location/stolen vehicle tracking services
235
Title - Vehicle location/stolen vehicle tracking services
235
Para - Should you wish to locate your vehicle, contact the Mercedes\x15Benz Response Center at 1-800...
235
Para - In the event your vehicle was stolen, report the incident to the police who will issue a n...
235
Para - The Response Center will then attempt to covertly contact the vehicle’s Tele Aid system. T...
235
Subsection - Starguide
236
Title - Starguide
236
Para - If you have chosen Starguide Service, you can request several individual informations, for...
236
Para - For notes on operation see separate
236
Para - For more details concerning this optional service, please contact the Response Center at\x111...
236
Important - Important!
236
BlockTitle - Important!
236
Para - Tele Aid utilizes the cellular network for communication and the
236
Warning - <TABELLE>
236
TBody - <TABELLENHAUPTTEXT>
236
Row - <TABELLENREIHE>
236
Entry - Warning!
236
Para - Warning!
236
Para - If the indicator lamp in the
236
Section - Catalytic converter
237
Title - Catalytic converter
237
Marker - Catalytic converter
237
Para - Your Mercedes-Benz is equipped with monolithic type catalytic converters, an important ele...
237
Caution - Caution!
237
BlockTitle - Caution!
237
Para - To prevent damage to the catalytic converters, use only premium unleaded gasoline in this ...
237
Para - Any noticeable irregularities in engine operation should be repaired promptly. Otherwise, ...
237
Para -
237
Para -
237
Warning - <TABELLE>
237
TBody - <TABELLENHAUPTTEXT>
237
Row - <TABELLENREIHE>
237
Entry -
237
Row - <TABELLENREIHE>
237
Entry - Warning!
237
Para - Warning!
237
Para - As with any vehicle, do not idle, park or operate this vehicle in areas where combustible ...
237
Section - Emission control
238
Title - Emission control
238
Marker - Emission control
238
Para - Certain systems of the engine serve to keep the toxic components of the exhaust gases with...
238
Para - These systems, of course, will function properly only when maintained strictly according t...
238
Para -
238
Para -
238
Para -
238
Para -
238
Para -
238
Warning - <TABELLE>
238
TBody - <TABELLENHAUPTTEXT>
238
Row - <TABELLENREIHE>
238
Entry -
238
Row - <TABELLENREIHE>
238
Entry - Warning!
238
Para - Warning!
238
Para - Inhalation of exhaust gas is hazardous to your health. All exhaust gas contains carbon mon...
238
Row - <TABELLENREIHE>
238
Entry - Do not run the engine in confined areas (such as a garage) which are not properly ventila...
238
Para - Do not run the engine in confined areas (such as a garage) which are not properly ventilat...
238
Section - Starter switch
239
Title - Starter switch
239
Marker - Starter switch
239
Figure - <GRAPHIK>
239
OrderedList - 0 The electronic key can be withdrawn in this position only. The steering is locked...
239
Item - 0 The electronic key can be withdrawn in this position only. The steering is locked when t...
239
ItemPara - In vehicles with automatic transmission, the electronic key can be removed only with t...
239
Item - 1 Gear selector lever is unlocked.
239
ItemPara - Most electrical consumers can be operated. For detailed information see respective sub...
239
Item - 2 Driving position.
239
Item - 3 Starting position.
239
Para - See page\x11
239
Warning - <TABELLE>
239
TBody - <TABELLENHAUPTTEXT>
239
Row - <TABELLENREIHE>
239
Entry - Warning!
239
Para - Warning!
239
Para - When leaving the vehicle always remove the electronic key from the starter switch, and loc...
239
Important - Important!
240
BlockTitle - Important!
240
Para - If the electronic key is left in the starter switch position\x110 for a extended period of ti...
240
Caution - Caution!
240
BlockTitle - Caution!
240
Para - To prevent accelerated battery discharge and a possible dead battery, always remove the el...
240
Note - Notes:
240
BlockTitle - Notes:
240
Para - A warning sounds when the driver’s door is opened with the electronic key is in starter sw...
240
Para - With the engine at idle speed, the charging rate of the alternator (output) is limited.
240
Para - It is therefore recommended that you turn off unnecessary electrical consumers while drivi...
240
Para - Unnecessary strain on the battery and charging system may be minimized by turning off the ...
240
Para - Heated seats, rear window defroster. In addition, the automatic climate air volume control...
240
Section - Starting and turning off the engine
241
Title - Starting and turning off the engine
241
Marker - Starting and turning off the engine
241
Subsection - Before starting
241
Title - Before starting
241
Para - Ensure that parking brake is engaged and that selector lever is in position\x11“P” or\x11“N” (ge...
241
Subsection - Starting
241
Title - Starting
241
Subtitle - Vehicles with automatic transmission:
241
Para - Do not depress accelerator. Briefly turn electronic key in starter switch clockwise to the...
241
Para - If engine will not run, and the starting procedure stops, turn electronic key completely t...
241
Para - After several unsuccessful attempts, have the system checked at the nearest authorized Mer...
241
Subtitle - Vehicles with manual transmission:
241
Para - Do not depress accelerator. Fully depress clutch pedal, otherwise the engine cannot be sta...
241
Para - Turn electronic key in starter switch clockwise to the stop. Release only when the engine ...
241
Important - Important!
241
BlockTitle - Important!
241
Para - Due to the installed starter non-repeat feature, the electronic key must be turned complet...
241
Para - In areas where temperatures frequently drop below -4
241
Subsection - Turning off
241
Title - Turning off
241
Para - Turn the electronic key in the starter switch to position\x110 to stop the engine.
241
Subtitle - Vehicles with automatic transmission:
241
Para - The electronic key can only be removed with the selector lever in position\x11
241
Section - Manual transmission
242
Title - Manual transmission
242
Marker - Manual transmission
242
Figure - <GRAPHIK>
242
Para - See illustration for gearshift lever positions corresponding to the individual gears.
242
Para - Stop the vehicle completely before shifting into reverse; to shift into reverse, pull the ...
242
Para - Do not exceed the maximum engine speed in the individual gears. Refer to tachometer (see p...
242
Important - Important!
242
BlockTitle - Important!
242
Para - When vehicle is parked, always be sure to engage first or reverse gear and firmly set park...
242
Para - Downshifting gears leading to overrevving the engine can result in transmission damage tha...
242
Para - Do not exceed engine speed limits, see page\x11
242
Warning - <TABELLE>
242
TBody - <TABELLENHAUPTTEXT>
242
Row - <TABELLENREIHE>
242
Entry - Warning!
242
Para - Warning!
242
Para - On slippery road surfaces as well as high engine speeds, never downshift in order to obtai...
242
Section - Automatic transmission
243
Title - Automatic transmission
243
Marker - Automatic transmission
243
Figure - <GRAPHIK>
243
Para - The automatic transmission selects individual gears automatically, dependent upon
243
ItemizedList - • Selector lever position
243
Item - • Selector lever position
243
Item - • Program mode selector
243
Item - • Accelerator position
243
Item - • Vehicle speed
243
Para - The gear shifting process is continuously adapted, dependent on the driving style, the dri...
243
Important - Important!
243
BlockTitle - Important!
243
Para - When parking the vehicle or before working on the vehicle with the engine running, firmly ...
243
Subsection - Driving
244
Title - Driving
244
Para - The selector lever is automatically locked while in position\x11
244
Para - Shift selector lever to the desired position only when the engine is idling normally and t...
244
Warning - <TABELLE>
244
TBody - <TABELLENHAUPTTEXT>
244
Row - <TABELLENREIHE>
244
Entry - Warning!
244
Para - Warning!
244
Para - It is dangerous to shift the selector lever out of\x11
244
Important - Important!
244
BlockTitle - Important!
244
Para - After selecting any driving position from\x11
244
Subsection - Accelerator position
244
Title - Accelerator position
244
Para - Partial throttle = early upshifting = normal acceleration
244
Para - Full throttle = later upshifting = rapid acceleration
244
Para - Kickdown (depressing the accelerator beyond full throttle) = downshifting to a lower gear ...
244
Subsection - Stopping
245
Title - Stopping
245
Para - For brief stops, e.g. at traffic lights, leave the transmission in gear and hold vehicle w...
245
Para - For longer stops with the engine idling, shift into\x11
245
Para - When stopping the vehicle on an uphill gradient, do not hold it with the accelerator, use ...
245
Subsection - Maneuvering
245
Title - Maneuvering
245
Para - To maneuver in tight areas, e.g. when pulling into a parking space, control the vehicle sp...
245
Para - To rock a vehicle out of soft ground (mud or snow), alternately shift from forward to reve...
245
Para - Rocking a vehicle free in this manner may cause the ABS or traction system malfunction ind...
245
Warning - <TABELLE>
245
TBody - <TABELLENHAUPTTEXT>
245
Row - <TABELLENREIHE>
245
Entry - Warning!
245
Para - Warning!
245
Para - Getting out of your vehicle with the selector lever not fully engaged in position\x11
245
Row - <TABELLENREIHE>
245
Entry - Always set the parking brake in addition to shifting to position\x11“P”, see page\x11243 for pa...
245
Para - Always set the parking brake in addition to shifting to position\x11
245
Row - <TABELLENREIHE>
245
Entry - When parked on an incline, also turn front wheel against curb.
245
Para - When parked on an incline, also turn front wheel against curb.
245
Subsection - P54.30-2521-26
246
Title - P54.30-2521-26
246
Marker - P54.30-2521-26
246
Figure - <GRAPHIK>
246
OrderedList - 1 Program mode indicator, see page\x11
246
Item - 1 Program mode indicator, see page\x11
246
Item - 2 Gear range indicators
246
Para - The current selector lever position is highlighted in the gear range indicator display\x11(2)...
246
DefinitionList - <GRAPHIK>
246
Definition - <GRAPHIK>
246
Item - Park position
246
Bold - Park position
246
ItemPara - The park position is to be used when parking the vehicle. Engage only with the vehicle...
246
ItemPara - Note:
246
ItemPara - The electronic key can only be removed from the starter switch with the selector lever...
246
Definition - <GRAPHIK>
246
Item - Reverse gear
246
Bold - Reverse gear
246
ItemPara - Shift to reverse gear only with the vehicle stopped.
246
ItemPara - Dependent on the program mode selector switch position\x11
246
Definition - <GRAPHIK>
247
Item - Neutral
247
Bold - Neutral
247
ItemPara - No power is transmitted from the engine to the drive axle. When the brakes are release...
247
ItemPara - Important!
247
Bold - Important!
247
ItemPara - Coasting the vehicle, or driving for any other reason with selector lever in\x11
247
Definition - <GRAPHIK>
247
Item - The transmission automatically upshifts through 5th gear. Position\x11
247
Subsection - Gear selection for special circumstances
247
Title - Gear selection for special circumstances
247
Para - The transmission gear ranges for special circumstances can be selected by pressing the sel...
247
Para - The gear range currently selected is highlighted in the instrument cluster display.
247
Para - Press and hold selector lever in the
247
Para - Briefly press selector lever in the
247
Para - Press and hold selector lever in the
248
Warning - <TABELLE>
248
TBody - <TABELLENHAUPTTEXT>
248
Row - <TABELLENREIHE>
248
Entry - Warning!
248
Para - Warning!
248
Para - On slippery road surfaces, never downshift in order to obtain braking action. This could r...
248
Important - Important!
248
BlockTitle - Important!
248
Para - With transmission in gear range\x11
248
Para - The delayed upshift is effective with vehicle speeds below 31\x11mph (50\x11km/h) at partial thr...
248
Para - To avoid overrevving the engine when the selector lever is moved to a lower gear range, th...
248
Para - To prevent the engine from laboring at low
248
Para - Gear ranges:
249
DefinitionList - <GRAPHIK>
249
Definition - <GRAPHIK>
249
Item - Upshift through 4th gear only. Suitable for performance driving.
249
Definition - <GRAPHIK>
249
Item - Upshift through 3rd gear only. Suitable for moderately steep hills. Since the transmission...
249
Definition - <GRAPHIK>
249
Item - Upshift through 2nd gear only. For driving in mountainous regions or under extreme operati...
249
Definition - <GRAPHIK>
249
Item - Use this position, which makes maximum use of the engine’s braking effect, while descendin...
249
Subsection - P27.60-2081-26
250
Title - P27.60-2081-26
250
Marker - P27.60-2081-26
250
Figure - <GRAPHIK>
250
Para - The transmission is provided with a selector switch\x11(1) for Standard
250
Para - The program mode currently selected is indicated in the gear range indicator display.
250
DefinitionList - S
250
Definition - S
250
Bold - S
250
Item - Standard mode
250
ItemPara - Press switch.
250
ItemPara - The vehicle starts out in 1st gear.
250
ItemPara - Accelerator Operation: Fast on = depressing the accelerator pedal quickly (not into ki...
250
ItemPara - Fast off = there will be no upshift when releasing the accelerator pedal quickly, e.g....
250
Definition - W
251
Bold - W
251
Item - Winter\x12/\x12Wet (snow and ice) mode
251
ItemPara - Press switch.
251
ItemPara - The\x11
251
ItemPara - The gear shifting process occurs at lower vehicle and engine speeds than in the\x11
251
Caution - Caution!
251
BlockTitle - Caution!
251
Para - Never change the program mode when the selector lever is out of position\x11
251
Important - Important!
251
BlockTitle - Important!
251
Para - Always be certain of the program mode selected since the vehicle driving characteristics c...
251
Para - Dependent on the program mode selector switch position\x11
251
Subsection - Emergency operation (Limp home mode)
251
Title - Emergency operation (Limp home mode)
251
Para - If vehicle acceleration worsens or the transmission no longer shifts, the transmission is ...
251
Para - In this mode only the 2nd gear or reverse gear can be activated.
251
Para - To engage 2nd gear or reverse:
251
OrderedList - 1. Stop the vehicle.
251
Item - 1. Stop the vehicle.
251
Item - 2. Move selector lever to position\x11
251
Item - 3. Turn off the engine.
251
Item - 4. Wait approximately 10\x11seconds.
251
Item - 5. Restart the engine.
251
Item - 6. Move selector lever to position\x11
251
Para - Have the transmission checked at your authorized Mercedes\x15Benz Center as soon as possible.
251
Section - Parking brake
252
Title - Parking brake
252
Marker - Parking brake
252
Figure - <GRAPHIK>
252
Para - To engage, firmly depress parking brake pedal. When the electronic key is in starter switc...
252
Para - To release the parking brake, pull handle on instrument panel. The brake warning lamp in t...
252
Para - A warning sounds and the parking brake warning message appears in the multifunction displa...
252
Para - Also see brake warning lamp on page\x11
252
Warning - <TABELLE>
252
TBody - <TABELLENHAUPTTEXT>
252
Row - <TABELLENREIHE>
252
Entry - Warning!
252
Para - Warning!
252
Para - When leaving the vehicle always remove the electronic key from the starter switch, and loc...
252
Section - Driving instructions
253
Title - Driving instructions
253
Marker - Driving instructions
253
Subsection - Drive sensibly - Save Fuel
253
Title - Drive sensibly - Save Fuel
253
Marker - Drive sensibly - Save Fuel
253
Para - Fuel consumption, to a great extent, depends on driving habits and operating conditions.
253
ItemizedList - • keep tires at the recommended inflation pressures,
253
Item - • keep tires at the recommended inflation pressures,
253
Item - • remove unnecessary loads,
253
Item - • remove roof rack when not in use,
253
Item - • allow engine to warm up under low load use,
253
Item - • avoid frequent acceleration and deceleration,
253
Item - • have all maintenance work performed at regular intervals by an authorized Mercedes-Benz ...
253
Para - Fuel consumption is also increased by driving in cold weather, in stop-and-go traffic, on ...
253
Subsection - Drinking and driving
253
Title - Drinking and driving
253
Marker - Drinking and driving
253
Warning - <TABELLE>
253
TBody - <TABELLENHAUPTTEXT>
253
Row - <TABELLENREIHE>
253
Entry - Warning!
253
Para - Warning!
253
Para - Drinking or taking drugs and driving can be a very dangerous combination. Even a small amo...
253
Row - <TABELLENREIHE>
253
Entry - The possibility of a serious or even fatal accident is sharply increased when you drink o...
253
Para - The possibility of a serious or even fatal accident is sharply increased when you drink or...
253
Row - <TABELLENREIHE>
253
Entry - Please don’t drink or take drugs and drive or allow anyone to drive after drinking or tak...
253
Para - Please don’t drink or take drugs and drive or allow anyone to drive after drinking or taki...
253
Subsection - Pedals
253
Title - Pedals
253
Marker - Pedals
253
Warning - <TABELLE>
253
TBody - <TABELLENHAUPTTEXT>
253
Row - <TABELLENREIHE>
253
Entry - Warning!
253
Para - Warning!
253
Para - Keep driver’s foot area clear at all times. Objects stored in this area may impair pedal m...
253
Subsection - Power assistance
254
Title - Power assistance
254
Marker - Power assistance
254
Warning - <TABELLE>
254
TBody - <TABELLENHAUPTTEXT>
254
Row - <TABELLENREIHE>
254
Entry - Warning!
254
Para - Warning!
254
Para - When the engine is not running, the brake and steering systems are without power assistanc...
254
Subsection - Brakes
254
Title - Brakes
254
Marker - Brakes
254
Warning - <TABELLE>
254
TBody - <TABELLENHAUPTTEXT>
254
Row - <TABELLENREIHE>
254
Entry - Warning!
254
Para - Warning!
254
Para - After driving in heavy rain for some time without applying the brakes or through water dee...
254
Row - <TABELLENREIHE>
254
Entry - Resting your foot on the brake pedal will cause excessive and premature wear of the brake...
254
Para - Resting your foot on the brake pedal will cause excessive and premature wear of the brake ...
254
Row - <TABELLENREIHE>
254
Entry - It can also result in the brakes overheating thereby significantly reducing their effecti...
254
Para - It can also result in the brakes overheating thereby significantly reducing their effectiv...
254
Para - The condition of the parking brake system is checked each time the vehicle is in the shop ...
254
Para - If the parking brake is released and the brake warning lamp in the instrument cluster stay...
254
Para - Brake pad wear or a leak in the system may be the reason for low brake fluid in the reserv...
254
Para - Have the brake system inspected at an authorized Mercedes-Benz Center immediately.
254
Para - All checks and service work on the brake system should be carried out by an authorized Mer...
254
Para - Install only brake pads and brake fluid recommended by Mercedes-Benz.
254
Warning - <TABELLE>
254
TBody - <TABELLENHAUPTTEXT>
254
Row - <TABELLENREIHE>
254
Entry - Warning!
254
Para - Warning!
254
Para - If other than recommended brake pads are installed, or other than recommended brake fluid ...
254
Caution - Caution!
255
BlockTitle - Caution!
255
Para - When driving down long and steep grades, relieve the load on the brakes by shifting into a...
255
Para - After hard braking, it is advisable to drive on for some time, rather than immediately par...
255
Subsection - Driving off
255
Title - Driving off
255
Marker - Driving off
255
Para - Apply the service brakes to test them briefly after driving off. Perform this procedure on...
255
Para - Warm up the engine smoothly. Do not place full load on the engine until the operating temp...
255
Para - When starting off on a slippery surface, do not allow one drive wheel to spin for an exten...
255
Subsection - Parking
255
Title - Parking
255
Marker - Parking
255
Warning - <TABELLE>
255
TBody - <TABELLENHAUPTTEXT>
255
Row - <TABELLENREIHE>
255
Entry - Warning!
255
Para - Warning!
255
Para - To reduce the risk of personal injury as a result of vehicle movement,
255
Row - <TABELLENREIHE>
255
Entry - 1. Keep right foot on service brake pedal.
255
OrderedList - 1. Keep right foot on service brake pedal.
255
Item - 1. Keep right foot on service brake pedal.
255
Item - 2. Firmly depress parking brake pedal.
255
Item - 3. Move the selector lever to position\x11
255
Item - 4. Slowly release service brake pedal.
255
Item - 5. Turn front wheels towards the road curb.
255
Item - 6. Turn the electronic key to starter switch position\x110 and remove.
255
Item - 7. Take the electronic key and lock vehicle when leaving.
255
Important - Important!
256
BlockTitle - Important!
256
Para - It is advisable to set the parking brake whenever parking or leaving the vehicle. In addit...
256
Subsection - Tires
256
Title - Tires
256
Marker - Tires
256
Warning - <TABELLE>
256
TBody - <TABELLENHAUPTTEXT>
256
Row - <TABELLENREIHE>
256
Entry - Warning!
256
Para - Warning!
256
Para - If you feel a sudden significant vibration or ride disturbance, or you suspect that possib...
256
Row - <TABELLENREIHE>
256
Entry - Inspect the tires and under the vehicle for possible damage. If the vehicle or tires appe...
256
Para - Inspect the tires and under the vehicle for possible damage. If the vehicle or tires appea...
256
Para - Tread wear indicators (TWI) are required by law. These indicators are located in six place...
256
Para - The tread wear indicator appears as a solid band across the tread.
256
Para - <GRAPHIK>
257
Graphic - <GRAPHIK>
257
Marker - P40.10-2104-26
257
Warning - <TABELLE>
257
TBody - <TABELLENHAUPTTEXT>
257
Row - <TABELLENREIHE>
257
Entry - Warning!
257
Para - Warning!
257
Para - Do not allow your tires to wear down too far. As tread depth approaches
257
Row - <TABELLENREIHE>
257
Entry - Depending upon the weather and\x12/\x12or road surface (conditions), the tire traction varies w...
257
Para - Depending upon the weather and\x12/\x12or road surface (conditions), the tire traction varies wi...
257
Para - Specified tire pressures must be maintained. This applies particularly if the tires are su...
257
Warning - <TABELLE>
257
TBody - <TABELLENHAUPTTEXT>
257
Row - <TABELLENREIHE>
257
Entry - Warning!
257
Para - Warning!
257
Para - Do not drive with a flat tire. A flat tire affects the ability to steer or brake the vehic...
257
Subtitle - Aquaplaning
257
Bold - Aquaplaning
257
Para - Depending on the depth of the water layer on the road, aquaplaning may occur, even at low ...
257
Subtitle - Tire traction
258
Bold - Tire traction
258
Para - The safe speed on a wet, snow covered or icy road is always lower than on a dry road.
258
Para - You should pay particular attention to the condition of the road whenever the outside temp...
258
Warning - <TABELLE>
258
TBody - <TABELLENHAUPTTEXT>
258
Row - <TABELLENREIHE>
258
Entry - Warning!
258
Para - Warning!
258
Para - If ice has formed on the road, tire traction will be substantially reduced. Under such wea...
258
S rated radial-ply tires for the winter season for all four wheels to insur...
258
Subtitle - Tire speed rating
258
Bold - Tire speed rating
258
Para - Vehicles without Sport Package: Your vehicle is factory equipped with
258
Para - An electronic speed limiter prevents your vehicle from exceeding the speed rating.
258
Warning - <TABELLE>
258
TBody - <TABELLENHAUPTTEXT>
258
Row - <TABELLENREIHE>
258
Entry - Warning!
258
Para - Warning!
258
Para - Even when permitted by law, never operate a vehicle at speeds greater than the maximum spe...
258
Row - <TABELLENREIHE>
258
Entry - Exceeding the maximum speed for which tires are rated can lead to sudden tire failure cau...
258
Para - Exceeding the maximum speed for which tires are rated can lead to sudden tire failure caus...
258
Subsection - Snow chains
259
Title - Snow chains
259
Marker - Snow chains
259
Para - Use only snow chains that are tested and recommended by Mercedes-Benz. Your authorized Mer...
259
Para - Chains should only be used on the rear wheels. Follow the manufacturer’s mounting instruct...
259
Para - Snow chains should only be driven on snow covered roads at speeds not to exceed 30\x11mph (50...
259
Para - When driving with snow chains, press the ESP control switch to OFF, refer to page\x11
259
Subsection - Winter driving \tinstructions
259
Title - Winter driving \tinstructions
259
Marker - Winter driving \tinstructions
259
Para - The most important rule for slippery or icy roads is to drive sensibly and to avoid abrupt...
259
Para - When the vehicle is in danger of skidding, move selector lever to position\x11
259
Para - Road salts and chemicals can adversely affect braking efficiency. Increased pedal force ma...
259
Para - If the vehicle is parked after being driven on salt treated roads, the braking efficiency ...
260
Warning - <TABELLE>
260
TBody - <TABELLENHAUPTTEXT>
260
Row - <TABELLENREIHE>
260
Entry - Warning!
260
Para - Warning!
260
Para - If the vehicle becomes stuck in snow, make sure that snow is kept clear of the exhaust pip...
260
Row - <TABELLENREIHE>
260
Entry - To assure sufficient fresh air ventilation, open a window slightly on the side of the veh...
260
Para - To assure sufficient fresh air ventilation, open a window slightly on the side of the vehi...
260
Subsection - Winter driving
260
Title - Winter driving
260
Para - Have your vehicle winterized at your authorized Mercedes-Benz Center before the onset of w...
260
ItemizedList - • Change the engine oil if the engine contains an oil which is not approved for wi...
260
Item - • Change the engine oil if the engine contains an oil which is not approved for winter ope...
260
Item - • Check engine coolant anticorrosion\x12/\x12antifreeze concentration.
260
Item - • Additive for the windshield washer and headlamp cleaning system: Add MB Concentrate
260
Item - • Test battery: Battery capacity drops with decreasing ambient temperature. A well charged...
260
S rated radial-ply tires on all four wheels for the winter season....
261
Note - Note:
261
BlockTitle - Note:
261
Para - In winter operation, the maximum effectiveness of the antilock brake system (ABS) and elec...
261
Subsection - Block heater
261
Title - Block heater
261
Marker - Block heater
261
Para - The engine is equipped with a block heater.
261
Para - The electrical cable may be installed at your authorized Mercedes\x15Benz Center.
261
Subsection - Deep water
261
Title - Deep water
261
Marker - Deep water
261
Caution - Caution!
261
BlockTitle - Caution!
261
Para - Do not drive through flooded areas or water of unknown depth.
261
Para - If you must drive through deep water, drive slowly to prevent water from entering the engi...
261
Subsection - Passenger compartment
262
Title - Passenger compartment
262
Marker - Passenger compartment
262
Warning - <TABELLE>
262
TBody - <TABELLENHAUPTTEXT>
262
Row - <TABELLENREIHE>
262
Entry - Warning!
262
Para - Warning!
262
Para - Always fasten items being carried as securely as possible.
262
Row - <TABELLENREIHE>
262
Entry - In an accident, during hard braking or sudden maneuvers, loose items will be thrown aroun...
262
Para - In an accident, during hard braking or sudden maneuvers, loose items will be thrown around...
262
Row - <TABELLENREIHE>
262
Entry - The trunk is the preferred place to carry objects.
262
Para - The trunk is the preferred place to carry objects.
262
Subsection - Traveling abroad
262
Title - Traveling abroad
262
Marker - Traveling abroad
262
Para - Abroad, there is a widely-spread Mercedes-Benz service network at your disposal. If you pl...
262
Section - Cruise control
263
Title - Cruise control
263
Marker - Cruise control
263
Figure - <GRAPHIK>
263
Para - The cruise control allows you to drive in a more relaxed manner, for example over long dis...
263
Para - Any given speed above approximately 25\x11mph (40\x11km\x12/\x12h) can be maintained with the cruise c...
263
OrderedList - 1 Accelerate and set: Lift lever briefly to set speed. Hold lever up to accelerate.
263
Item - 1 Accelerate and set: Lift lever briefly to set speed. Hold lever up to accelerate.
263
Item - 2 Decelerate and set: Depress lever briefly to set speed. Hold lever down to decelerate.
263
ItemPara - Normally the vehicle is accelerated to the desired speed with the accelerator.
263
ItemPara - Speed is set by briefly pushing the lever to position\x111 or 2. The accelerator can then...
263
ItemPara - The speed can be increased (e.g. for passing) by using the accelerator. After the acce...
263
ItemPara - If a set speed is to be increased or decreased slightly, e. g. to adapt to the traffic...
263
Item - 3 Canceling
264
ItemPara - To cancel the cruise control, briefly push lever to position\x113.
264
ItemPara - When you step on the brake pedal or the vehicle speed drops below approximately 25\x11mph...
264
ItemPara - If the cruise control cancels by itself and remains inoperative until the engine is re...
264
Item - 4 Resume
264
ItemPara - If the lever is briefly pushed to position\x114 when driving at a speed exceeding approxi...
264
ItemPara - The last memorized speed is canceled when the electronic key in the starter switch is ...
264
Important - Important!
264
BlockTitle - Important!
264
Para - Moving gear selector lever to position\x11
264
Warning - <TABELLE>
264
TBody - <TABELLENHAUPTTEXT>
264
Row - <TABELLENREIHE>
264
Entry -
264
Row - <TABELLENREIHE>
265
Entry - Warning!
265
Para - Warning!
265
Para - Only use the cruise control if the traffic and weather conditions make it advisable to tra...
265
Row - <TABELLENREIHE>
265
Entry - • The use of cruise control can be dangerous on winding roads or in heavy traffic because...
265
ItemizedList - • The use of cruise control can be dangerous on winding roads or in heavy traffic ...
265
Item - • The use of cruise control can be dangerous on winding roads or in heavy traffic because ...
265
Item - • The use of cruise control can be dangerous on slippery roads. Rapid changes in tire adhe...
265
Row - <TABELLENREIHE>
265
Entry - The “Resume” function should only be operated if the driver is fully aware of the previou...
265
Para - The “Resume” function should only be operated if the driver is fully aware of the previous...
265
Note - Notes:
265
BlockTitle - Notes:
265
Para - If the engine does not brake the vehicle sufficiently while driving on a downgrade, the sp...
265
Para - Vehicles with automatic transmission:
265
Para - Downshift occurs (max. to 3rd gear) to maintain the set cruise controlled speed by using t...
265
Para - As soon as the grade eases, the automatic transmission shifts up again dependent on the se...
265
Para - Vehicles with manual transmission:
265
Para - The set cruise controlled speed is switched off when declutching exceeds four seconds duri...
265
Para - Nevertheless, in some cases you may have to step on the brake pedal to slow down. In this ...
265
Para - Use the lever to resume the previously set speed.
265
Section - Brake assist system (BAS)
266
Title - Brake assist system (BAS)
266
Marker - Brake assist system (BAS)
266
Warning - <TABELLE>
266
TBody - <TABELLENHAUPTTEXT>
266
Row - <TABELLENREIHE>
266
Entry - Warning!
266
Para - Warning!
266
Para - BAS cannot prevent the natural laws of physics from acting on the vehicle, nor can it incr...
266
Para - The BAS is designed to maximize the vehicle’s braking capability during emergency braking ...
266
Para - Applying the brakes very quickly results in maximum BAS assistance.
266
Para - To receive the benefit of the system you must apply continuous full braking power during t...
266
Para - Once the brake pedal is released, the BAS is deactivated.
266
Para - If the BAS warning message is displayed, a malfunction has been detected in the system. Th...
266
Para - With the ABS malfunctioning, the BAS is also switched off.
266
Para - If a BAS warning message is displayed, have the BAS checked at your authorized Mercedes-Be...
266
Section - Antilock brake system (ABS)
267
Title - Antilock brake system (ABS)
267
Marker - Antilock brake system (ABS)
267
Warning - <TABELLE>
267
TBody - <TABELLENHAUPTTEXT>
267
Row - <TABELLENREIHE>
267
Entry - Warning!
267
Para - Warning!
267
Para - Do not pump the brake pedal, rather use firm, steady brake pedal pressure. Pumping the bra...
267
Important - Important!
267
BlockTitle - Important!
267
Para - The ABS improves steering control of the vehicle during hard braking maneuvers.
267
Para - The ABS prevents the wheels from locking up above a vehicle speed of approximately 5 mph (...
267
Para - At the instant one of the wheels is about to lock up, a slight pulsation can be felt in th...
267
Para - Continuous steady brake pedal pressure results in applying the advantages of the ABS, name...
267
Para - In the case of an emergency brake maneuver keep continuous full pressure on the brake peda...
267
Para - On slippery road surfaces, the ABS will respond even with light brake pedal pressure becau...
267
Subtitle - ABS control
268
Bold - ABS control
268
Para - The ABS malfunction indicator lamp\x11
268
Para - When the ABS malfunction indicator lamp in the instrument cluster comes on while the engin...
268
Para - For
268
Para - With the ABS malfunctioning, the BAS and ESP are also switched off. Both malfunction indic...
268
Para - If the charging voltage falls below 10\x11volts, the malfunction indicator lamp comes on and ...
268
Para - If the ABS malfunction indicator lamp stays illuminated, have the system checked at your a...
268
Warning - <TABELLE>
268
TBody - <TABELLENHAUPTTEXT>
268
Row - <TABELLENREIHE>
268
Entry - Warning!
268
Para - Warning!
268
Para - ABS cannot prevent the natural laws of physics from acting on the vehicle, nor can it incr...
268
Note - Note:
268
BlockTitle - Note:
268
Para - To alert following vehicles to slippery road conditions you discover, operate your hazard ...
268
Section - Electronic stability program (ESP)
269
Title - Electronic stability program (ESP)
269
Marker - Electronic stability program (ESP)
269
Warning - <TABELLE>
269
TBody - <TABELLENHAUPTTEXT>
269
Row - <TABELLENREIHE>
269
Entry - Warning!
269
Para - Warning!
269
Para - ESP
269
CapLetter - ESP
269
Para - The ESP enhances directional control and reduces driving wheel spin of the vehicle under v...
269
Para - Over/understeering of the vehicle is counteracted by applying brakes to the appropriate wh...
269
Important - Important!
269
BlockTitle - Important!
269
Para - If the ESP warning lamp\x11
269
ItemizedList - • During take-off apply as little throttle as possible.
269
Item - • During take-off apply as little throttle as possible.
269
Item - • While driving ease up on the accelerator.
269
Item - • Adapt your speed and driving to the prevailing road conditions.
269
Item - • Do not switch off the ESP.
269
Caution - Caution!
269
BlockTitle - Caution!
269
Para - If the vehicle is towed with the front axle raised (see page\x11
269
Note - Notes:
270
BlockTitle - Notes:
270
Para - The yellow ESP warning lamp\x11
270
Para - If the ESP warning message is displayed, a malfunction has been detected in the system. Pr...
270
Para - Have the ESP checked at your authorized Mercedes\x15Benz Center as soon as possible.
270
Para - For
270
Para - With the ABS malfunctioning, the ESP is also switched off.
270
Para - Driving the vehicle with varied size tires will cause the wheels to rotate at different sp...
270
Para - When testing the parking brake on a brake test dynamometer, the engine must be shut off. O...
270
Para - In winter operation, the maximum effectiveness of the ESP is only achieved with Mercedes-B...
270
Subsection - Synchronizing ESP
270
Title - Synchronizing ESP
270
Para - If the power supply was interrupted (battery disconnected or empty), the ESP warning messa...
270
Para - Turn steering wheel completely to the left and then to the right. The ESP warning message ...
270
Subsection - P42.45-0287-26
271
Title - P42.45-0287-26
271
Marker - P42.45-0287-26
271
Figure - <GRAPHIK>
271
Para - ESP control switch located on center console.
271
OrderedList - 1 Press to switch ESP off
271
Item - 1 Press to switch ESP off
271
ItemPara - ESP warning lamp\x11
271
Item - 2 Press to switch ESP on
271
ItemPara - ESP warning lamp\x11
271
Para - To improve the vehicle’s traction when driving with snow chains, or starting off in deep s...
271
Warning - <TABELLE>
271
TBody - <TABELLENHAUPTTEXT>
271
Row - <TABELLENREIHE>
271
Entry - Warning!
271
Para - Warning!
271
Para - When the ESP warning lamp is illuminated continuously, the ESP is switched off.
271
Row - <TABELLENREIHE>
271
Entry - Adapt your speed and driving to the prevailing road conditions.
271
Para - Adapt your speed and driving to the prevailing road conditions.
271
Para - With the ESP system switched off, the engine torque reduction feature is cancelled. Theref...
271
Para - Adapt your speed and driving to the prevailing road conditions.
271
Para - A portion of the ESP system remains active, even with the switch in the OFF position.
271
Para - If one drive wheel loses traction and begins to spin, the brake is applied until the wheel...
271
Note - Notes:
272
BlockTitle - Notes:
272
Para - Avoid spinning of one drive wheel. This may cause serious damage to the drive train which ...
272
Para - The ESP warning lamp, located in the speedometer dial, starts to flash at any vehicle spee...
272
Para - To return to the enhanced vehicle stability offered by ESP: press lower half (2) of the sw...
272
Important - Important!
272
BlockTitle - Important!
272
Para - If the ESP warning lamp flashes:
272
ItemizedList - • During take-off, apply as little throttle as possible.
272
Item - • During take-off, apply as little throttle as possible.
272
Item - • While driving, ease up on the accelerator.
272
Section - What you should know at the gas station
273
Title - What you should know at the gas station
273
Marker - What you should know at the gas station
273
Para - Fuel supply
273
Bold - Fuel supply
273
Figure - <GRAPHIK>
273
Warning - <TABELLE>
273
TBody - <TABELLENHAUPTTEXT>
273
Row - <TABELLENREIHE>
273
Entry - Warning!
273
Para - Warning!
273
Para - Gasoline is highly flammable and poisonous. It burns violently and can cause serious injur...
273
Para - Open flap by pushing near front (arrow). Turn fuel cap to the left and hold on to it until...
273
Para - See page\x11
273
Subtitle - Fuel
273
Bold - Fuel
273
Para - To prevent fuel vapors from escaping into open air, fully insert filler nozzle unit.
273
Para - Only fill fuel tank until the filler nozzle unit cuts out –\x11do not top up or overfill.
273
Warning - <TABELLE>
273
TBody - <TABELLENHAUPTTEXT>
273
Row - <TABELLENREIHE>
273
Entry - Warning!
273
Para - Warning!
273
Para - Overfilling of fuel tank may result in creating pressure in the system which could cause a...
273
Para - Leaving the engine running and the fuel cap open can cause the
273
Para - Fuel tank capacity approximately 16.4\x11US\x11gal (62.0\x11l). This includes approximately 2.1\x11US\x11...
274
Para - Use premium unleaded gasoline: Posted Octane Index 91 (Average of 96 RON\x12/\x1286 MON).
274
Subtitle - Engine oil
274
Bold - Engine oil
274
Para - Checking oil level, see instructions on page\x11
274
Para - Recommended engine oils, see Approved Service Products sheet.
274
Para - Coolant
274
Bold - Coolant
274
Para - For normal replenishing, use water (potable water quality). For further information refer ...
274
Para - Tire pressure
274
Bold - Tire pressure
274
Para - For tire pressure, refer to tire pressure label inside the fuel filler flap. See page\x11
274
Para - Spark plugs
274
Bold - Spark plugs
274
Para - Approved spark plugs, refer to
274
Para - Air conditioner
274
Bold - Air conditioner
274
Para - R-134a refrigerant and special PAG lubricant, refer to
274
Para - Bulbs
274
Bold - Bulbs
274
Para - High and low beams: H7 (55 W), low beam: Xenon (optional) fog lamps: H B4 (55 W), turn sig...
274
Section - Check regularly and before a long trip
275
Title - Check regularly and before a long trip
275
Marker - Check regularly and before a long trip
275
Figure - <GRAPHIK>
275
OrderedList - 1 Windshield washer and headlamp cleaning system
275
Item - 1 Windshield washer and headlamp cleaning system
275
Bold - 1 Windshield washer and headlamp cleaning system
275
Item - 2 Coolant level
275
Bold - 2 Coolant level
275
Bold - ,
275
Item - 3 Brake fluid,
275
Bold - 3 Brake fluid,
275
Para - Opening hood, see page\x11
275
Para - Vehicle lighting:
275
Bold - Vehicle lighting:
275
Para - Exterior lamp switch, see page\x11
275
ToC - Contents - Instrument cluster display
276
Title - Contents - Instrument cluster display
276
Marker - Contents - Instrument cluster display
276
ToCEntry - Malfunction and indicator lamps in the instrument cluster 268
276
ToCEntry - On-board diagnostic system 268
276
ToCEntry - Check engine malfunction indicator lamp 268
276
ToCSubEntry - Check engine malfunction indicator lamp 268
276
ToCSubEntry - Brake warning lamp 270
276
ToCSubEntry - Supplemental restraint system (SRS) indicator lamp 271
276
ToCSubEntry - Fuel reserve warning 271
276
ToCSubEntry - ABS malfunction indicator lamp 272
276
ToCSubEntry - Electronic stability program (ESP) — warning lamp 273
276
ToCEntry - Seat belt nonusage warning lamp 273
276
ToCEntry - Malfunction and indicator lamp in the center console 273
276
ToCEntry - AIRBAG OFF indicator lamp 273
276
ToCSubEntry - AIRBAG OFF indicator lamp 273
276
ToCEntry - Malfunction and warning messages in the multifunction display 274
276
ToCEntry - DISPLAY DEFECTIVE 275
276
ToCSubEntry - DISPLAY DEFECTIVE 275
276
ToCSubEntry - BATTERY / ALTERNATOR 276
276
ToCSubEntry - ANTILOCK BRAKE SYSTEM 277
276
ToCSubEntry - BRAKE ASSIST 277
276
ToCSubEntry - BRAKE LINING WEAR 278
276
ToCSubEntry - BRAKE FLUID 278
276
ToCSubEntry - PARKING BRAKE 279
276
ToCSubEntry - SEAT BELT SYSTEM 279
276
ToCSubEntry - ELEC. STABIL. PROG. (Electronic stability program) 280
276
ToCSubEntry - COOLANT (coolant level) 281
276
ToCSubEntry - COOLANT (coolant temperature) 282
276
ToCSubEntry - ENGINE OIL LEVEL 283
276
ToCSubEntry - LIGHTING SYSTEM 284
276
ToCSubEntry - LIGHT SENSOR 286
276
ToCSubEntry - DOOR 286
276
ToCSubEntry - TRUNK OPEN 287
276
ToCSubEntry - HOOD 287
276
ToCSubEntry - TELEPHONE – FUNCTION 288
276
ToCSubEntry - TELE AID 288
276
ToCSubEntry - WASHER FLUID 289
276
ToCSubEntry - RESTRAINT SYSTEM 290
276
ToCSubEntry - KEY 290
276
ToCSubEntry - FUEL RESERVE 291
276
ToCSubEntry - UNDERVOLTAGE 291
276
ToCSubEntry - STEER. WHEEL ADJUST. 292
276
ToCSubEntry - ENTRANCE POSITION 292
276
Part - Instrument cluster display
277
Section - Instrument cluster display
277
Title - Instrument cluster display
277
Hypertext - Instrument cluster display
277
Marker - Malfunction and indicator lamps
277
Subtitle - General information:
277
Para - If a bulb in the instrument cluster fails to light up during the bulb self\x15check when turn...
277
Subtitle - Emission control
277
Bold - Emission control
277
Para - Certain systems of the engine serve to keep the toxic components of the exhaust gases with...
277
Para - These systems, of course, will function properly only when maintained strictly according t...
277
Warning - <TABELLE>
277
TBody - <TABELLENHAUPTTEXT>
277
Row - <TABELLENREIHE>
277
Entry -
277
Row - <TABELLENREIHE>
277
Entry - Warning!
277
Para - Warning!
277
Para - Inhalation of exhaust gas is hazardous to your health. All exhaust gas contains carbon mon...
277
Row - <TABELLENREIHE>
277
Entry - Do not run the engine in confined areas (such as a garage) which are not properly ventila...
277
Para - Do not run the engine in confined areas (such as a garage) which are not properly ventilat...
277
Section - On-board diagnostic system
277
Title - On-board diagnostic system
277
Marker - On-board diagnostic system
277
Subsection - Check engine malfunction indicator lamp
277
Title - Check engine malfunction indicator lamp
277
Marker - Check engine malfunction indicator lamp
277
Para - <GRAPHIK>
277
Symbol - <GRAPHIK>
277
Para - If the
278
Para - The Sequential Multiport Fuel Injection (SFI) control module monitors emission control com...
278
Para - If the
278
Para - With some exceptions, the control module switches off the
278
Para - An on-board diagnostic connector is located in the passenger compartment near to the parki...
278
Subsection - Brake warning lamp
279
Title - Brake warning lamp
279
Marker - Brake warning lamp
279
Para - <GRAPHIK>
279
Symbol - <GRAPHIK>
279
Para - <GRAPHIK>
279
Symbol - <GRAPHIK>
279
Para - When the brake warning lamp and message appear while the engine is running, this means:
279
ItemizedList - • there is insufficient brake fluid in the reservoir (engine running and parking b...
279
Item - • there is insufficient brake fluid in the reservoir (engine running and parking brake rel...
279
Item - • the parking brake is set (engine running).
279
Para -
279
Para -
279
Warning - <TABELLE>
279
TBody - <TABELLENHAUPTTEXT>
279
Row - <TABELLENREIHE>
279
Entry -
279
Row - <TABELLENREIHE>
279
Entry - Warning!
279
Para - Warning!
279
Para - Driving with the brake warning lamp illuminated can result in an accident. Have your brake...
279
Note - Note:
279
BlockTitle - Note:
279
Para - If you find that the minimum mark on the brake fluid reservoir is reached, have the brake ...
279
Subsection - Supplemental restraint system (SRS) indicator lamp
280
Title - Supplemental restraint system (SRS) indicator lamp
280
Marker - Supplemental restraint system (SRS) indicator lamp
280
Para - <GRAPHIK>
280
Symbol - <GRAPHIK>
280
Warning - <TABELLE>
280
TBody - <TABELLENHAUPTTEXT>
280
Row - <TABELLENREIHE>
280
Entry - Warning!
280
Para - Warning!
280
Para - In the event a malfunction of the “SRS” is indicated as outlined above, the “SRS” may not ...
280
Para - See page\x11
280
Subsection - P54.30-2941-21
280
Title - P54.30-2941-21
280
Marker - P54.30-2941-21
280
Figure - <GRAPHIK>
280
OrderedList - 1 Fuel reserve indicator
280
Item - 1 Fuel reserve indicator
280
Para - When the warning lamp\x11(1) comes on after starting the engine, or if comes on while driving...
280
Para - See page\x11
280
Subsection - ABS malfunction indicator lamp
281
Title - ABS malfunction indicator lamp
281
Marker - ABS malfunction indicator lamp
281
Para - <GRAPHIK>
281
Symbol - <GRAPHIK>
281
Para - When the ABS malfunction indicator lamp symbol and warning in the instrument cluster remai...
281
Para - A malfunctioning ABS control unit can possibly affect the operation of other systems (e.g....
281
Para - With the ABS malfunctioning, the BAS and ESP are also switched off. The malfunction indica...
281
Para - If the charging voltage falls below 10\x11volts, the malfunction indicator lamp comes on and ...
281
Para - Have the system checked at your authorized Mercedes\x15Benz Center as soon as possible.
281
Para - See page\x11
281
Subsection - Electronic stability program (ESP) — warning lamp
282
Title - Electronic stability program (ESP) — warning lamp
282
Marker - Electronic stability program (ESP) — warning lamp
282
Para - <GRAPHIK>
282
Symbol - <GRAPHIK>
282
Para - If the ESP malfunction indicator lamp remains illuminated with the engine running, a malfu...
282
Para - See electronic stability program (ESP) on page\x11
282
Subsection - Seat belts:Warning lamp
282
Title - Seat belts:Warning lamp
282
Marker - Seat belts:Warning lamp
282
Para - <GRAPHIK>
282
Symbol - <GRAPHIK>
282
Para - After starting the engine, the seat belt nonusage warning lamp blinks for a brief period t...
282
Section - Malfunction and indicator lamp in the center console
282
Title - Malfunction and indicator lamp in the center console
282
Marker - Malfunction and indicator lamp in the center console
282
Subsection - AIRBAG OFF indicator lamp
282
Title - AIRBAG OFF indicator lamp
282
Marker - AIRBAG OFF indicator lamp
282
CapLetter - AIRBAG OFF
282
Para - The
282
Para - It does not light up if there is a fault in the system.
282
Para - The
282
Para - See page\x11
282
Para -
282
Para -
282
Para -
282
Para -
282
Para -
282
Para -
282
Footnote - Baby Smart
282
Section - Malfunction and warning messages
283
Title - Malfunction and warning messages
283
Marker - Malfunction and warning messages
283
Para - Malfunction and warning messages for the following systems will be displayed immediately i...
283
Para - Messages of most immediate priority.
283
Para - These cannot be cleared from the instrument cluster using the reset knob on the instrument...
283
Para - Categories C2 and C3:
283
Para - Messages of less immediate priority.
283
Para - These can be cleared from the instrument cluster using the reset knob on the instrument cl...
283
Note - Note:
283
BlockTitle - Note:
283
Para - Certain malfunction and warning messages are accompanied by an audible signal. Malfunction...
283
Para - Temporary messages such as
283
Warning - <TABELLE>
283
TBody - <TABELLENHAUPTTEXT>
283
Row - <TABELLENREIHE>
283
Entry - Warning!
283
Para - Warning!
283
Para - All categories of messages contain important information which should be taken note of and...
283
Row - <TABELLENREIHE>
283
Entry - Failure to repair condition noted may cause damage not covered by the Mercedes\x15Benz Limit...
283
Para - Failure to repair condition noted may cause damage not covered by the Mercedes\x15Benz Limite...
283
Subsection - P54.30-2085-21
284
Title - P54.30-2085-21
284
Marker - P54.30-2085-21
284
CapLetter - DISPLAY DEFECTIVE
284
Figure - <GRAPHIK>
284
Table - <TABELLE>
284
THead - <TABELLENKOPFZEILE>
284
Row - <TABELLENREIHE>
284
Entry - Line 1
284
Bold - Line 1
284
Entry - Line 2
284
Bold - Line 2
284
Entry - C*
284
Bold - C*
284
TBody - <TABELLENHAUPTTEXT>
284
Row - <TABELLENREIHE>
284
Entry - Visit workshop!
284
Entry - Display FAULty
284
Entry - 2
284
Footnote - * C = Category, see page\x11
284
Para - This message is displayed to indicate that the information being relayed by the engine con...
284
Subsection - P54.30-2089-21
284
Title - P54.30-2089-21
284
Marker - P54.30-2089-21
284
CapLetter - Display defective
284
Figure - <GRAPHIK>
284
Table - <TABELLE>
284
THead - <TABELLENKOPFZEILE>
284
Row - <TABELLENREIHE>
284
Entry - Line 1
284
Bold - Line 1
284
Entry - Line 2
284
Bold - Line 2
284
Entry - C*
284
Bold - C*
284
TBody - <TABELLENHAUPTTEXT>
284
Row - <TABELLENREIHE>
284
Entry - visit workshop!
284
Entry - display fAULTY
284
Entry - 2
284
Footnote - * C = Category, see page\x11
284
Para - The displays for several systems have failed. Some systems themselves may also have failed.
284
Subsection - P54.30-2093-21
285
Title - P54.30-2093-21
285
Marker - P54.30-2093-21
285
CapLetter - BATTERY \x12/\x12ALTERNATOR
285
Figure - <GRAPHIK>
285
Table - <TABELLE>
285
THead - <TABELLENKOPFZEILE>
285
Row - <TABELLENREIHE>
285
Entry - Line 1
285
Bold - Line 1
285
Entry - Line 2
285
Bold - Line 2
285
Entry - C*
285
Bold - C*
285
TBody - <TABELLENHAUPTTEXT>
285
Row - <TABELLENREIHE>
285
Entry - battery/ALTERNaTOR
285
Entry - visit workshop!
285
Entry - 2
285
Footnote - * C = Category, see page\x11
285
Para - This message indicates a malfunction which must be repaired immediately.
285
Para - It may indicate that the poly-V-belt has broken. Should this condition occur, the poly-V-b...
285
Para - Do not continue to drive the vehicle with this message displayed.
285
Para - Doing so could result in serious engine damage that is not covered by the Mercedes\x15Benz Li...
285
Subsection - P54.30-2097-21
286
Title - P54.30-2097-21
286
Marker - P54.30-2097-21
286
CapLetter - ANTILOCK BRAKE SYSTEM
286
Figure - <GRAPHIK>
286
Table - <TABELLE>
286
THead - <TABELLENKOPFZEILE>
286
Row - <TABELLENREIHE>
286
Entry - Line 1
286
Bold - Line 1
286
Entry - Line 2
286
Bold - Line 2
286
Entry - C*
286
Bold - C*
286
TBody - <TABELLENHAUPTTEXT>
286
Row - <TABELLENREIHE>
286
Entry - aBS system
286
Entry - visit workshop!
286
Entry - 2
286
Row - <TABELLENREIHE>
286
Entry - display defective
286
Entry - visit workshop!1
286
Entry - 2
286
Footnote - * C = Category, see page\x11
286
Para - See page\x11
286
Footnote - 1 The display or the system is malfunctioning
286
Subsection - P54.30-2097-21
286
Title - P54.30-2097-21
286
Marker - P54.30-2097-21
286
CapLetter - BRAKE ASSIST
286
Figure - <GRAPHIK>
286
Table - <TABELLE>
286
THead - <TABELLENKOPFZEILE>
286
Row - <TABELLENREIHE>
286
Entry - Line 1
286
Bold - Line 1
286
Entry - Line 2
286
Bold - Line 2
286
Entry - C*
286
Bold - C*
286
TBody - <TABELLENHAUPTTEXT>
286
Row - <TABELLENREIHE>
286
Entry - brake assist
286
Entry - not available!
286
Entry - 2
286
Row - <TABELLENREIHE>
286
Entry - brake assist
286
Entry - visit workshop!
286
Entry - 2
286
Row - <TABELLENREIHE>
286
Entry - DISPLAY DEFECTIVE
286
Entry - visit workshop!
286
Entry - 2
286
Footnote - * C = Category, see page\x11
286
Para - A malfunction has been detected in the system. The brake system functions in the usual man...
286
Para - See page\x11
286
Subsection - P54.30-2105-21
287
Title - P54.30-2105-21
287
Marker - P54.30-2105-21
287
CapLetter - BRAKE LINING WEAR
287
Figure - <GRAPHIK>
287
Table - <TABELLE>
287
THead - <TABELLENKOPFZEILE>
287
Row - <TABELLENREIHE>
287
Entry - Line 1
287
Bold - Line 1
287
Entry - Line 2
287
Bold - Line 2
287
Entry - C*
287
Bold - C*
287
TBody - <TABELLENHAUPTTEXT>
287
Row - <TABELLENREIHE>
287
Entry - Brake lining wear
287
Entry - visit workshop!
287
Entry - 2
287
Footnote - * C = Category, see page\x11
287
Para - When this message appears during braking, it indicates that the brake pads are worn down.
287
Para - Have the brake system checked at your authorized Mercedes\x15Benz Center as soon as possible.
287
Subsection - P54.30-2101-21
287
Title - P54.30-2101-21
287
Marker - P54.30-2101-21
287
CapLetter - BRAKE FLUID
287
Figure - <GRAPHIK>
287
Table - <TABELLE>
287
THead - <TABELLENKOPFZEILE>
287
Row - <TABELLENREIHE>
287
Entry - Line 1
287
Bold - Line 1
287
Entry - Line 2
287
Bold - Line 2
287
Entry - C*
287
Bold - C*
287
TBody - <TABELLENHAUPTTEXT>
287
Row - <TABELLENREIHE>
287
Entry - Brake fluid
287
Entry - visit workshop!
287
Entry - 2
287
Footnote - * C = Category, see page\x11
287
Warning - <TABELLE>
287
TBody - <TABELLENHAUPTTEXT>
287
Row - <TABELLENREIHE>
287
Entry - Warning!
287
Para - Warning!
287
Para - Driving with this message displayed can result in an accident. Have your brake system chec...
287
Subsection - P54.30-2129-21
288
Title - P54.30-2129-21
288
Marker - P54.30-2129-21
288
CapLetter - PARKING BRAKE
288
Figure - <GRAPHIK>
288
Table - <TABELLE>
288
THead - <TABELLENKOPFZEILE>
288
Row - <TABELLENREIHE>
288
Entry - Line 1
288
Bold - Line 1
288
Entry - Line 2
288
Bold - Line 2
288
Entry - C*
288
Bold - C*
288
TBody - <TABELLENHAUPTTEXT>
288
Row - <TABELLENREIHE>
288
Entry - Parking brake
288
Entry - Engage Brake!
288
Entry - 1
288
Row - <TABELLENREIHE>
288
Entry - Parking brake
288
Entry - release Brake!
288
Entry - 1
288
Footnote - * C = Category, see page\x11
288
Subsection - P54.30-2129-21
288
Title - P54.30-2129-21
288
Marker - P54.30-2129-21
288
CapLetter - SEAT BELT SYSTEM
288
Figure - <GRAPHIK>
288
Table - <TABELLE>
288
THead - <TABELLENKOPFZEILE>
288
Row - <TABELLENREIHE>
288
Entry - Line 1
288
Bold - Line 1
288
Entry - Line 2
288
Bold - Line 2
288
Entry - C*
288
Bold - C*
288
TBody - <TABELLENHAUPTTEXT>
288
Row - <TABELLENREIHE>
288
Entry - seat belt system
288
Entry - VISIT WORKSHOP!
288
Entry - 1
288
Row - <TABELLENREIHE>
288
Entry - PASSENGER SEAT BELT
288
Entry - FASTEN SEAT BELT!
288
Entry - 2
288
Row - <TABELLENREIHE>
288
Entry - DRIVER SEAT BELT
288
Entry - FASTEN SEAT BELT!
288
Entry - 2
288
Footnote - * C = Category, see page\x11
288
Subsection - P54.30-2125-21
289
Title - P54.30-2125-21
289
Marker - P54.30-2125-21
289
CapLetter - ELEC. STABIL. PROG.
289
Figure - <GRAPHIK>
289
Table - <TABELLE>
289
THead - <TABELLENKOPFZEILE>
289
Row - <TABELLENREIHE>
289
Entry - Line 1
289
Bold - Line 1
289
Entry - Line 2
289
Bold - Line 2
289
Entry - C*
289
Bold - C*
289
TBody - <TABELLENHAUPTTEXT>
289
Row - <TABELLENREIHE>
289
Entry - elec. stabil. prog.
289
Entry - not available!1, 2, 3, 4
289
Entry - 2
289
Row - <TABELLENREIHE>
289
Entry - elec. stabil. prog.
289
Entry - visit workshop!1, 5
289
Entry - 2
289
Row - <TABELLENREIHE>
289
Entry - Display defective
289
Entry - Visit workshop!6
289
Entry - 2
289
Footnote - * C = Category, see page\x11
289
Para -
289
Para -
289
Para -
289
Para -
289
Footnote - 1 The enhanced vehicle stability offered by ESP and the torque reduction feature are u...
289
Footnote - 2 This message may be displayed if the power supply was interrupted (battery disconnec...
289
Footnote - 3 The system is temporarily unavailable. The reason could be that the self-diagnosis h...
289
Footnote - 4 The system is unavailable due to low voltage, e.g. battery not being charged.
289
Footnote - 5 A malfunction has been detected in the system. In case of ESP malfunction the ESP wa...
289
Footnote - 6 The display or the system is malfunctioning.
289
Subsection - P54.30-2137-21
290
Title - P54.30-2137-21
290
Marker - P54.30-2137-21
290
CapLetter - COOLANT
290
Figure - <GRAPHIK>
290
Table - <TABELLE>
290
THead - <TABELLENKOPFZEILE>
290
Row - <TABELLENREIHE>
290
Entry - Line 1
290
Bold - Line 1
290
Entry - Line 2
290
Bold - Line 2
290
Entry - C*
290
Bold - C*
290
TBody - <TABELLENHAUPTTEXT>
290
Row - <TABELLENREIHE>
290
Entry - Coolant
290
Entry - check level!
290
Entry - 2
290
Footnote - * C = Category, see page\x11
290
Para - When this message appears while driving, the coolant level has dropped below the required ...
290
Para - The low engine coolant level warning should not be ignored. Extended driving with the symb...
290
Para - In cases of major or frequent minor coolant loss, have the cooling system checked at your ...
290
Note - Note:
290
BlockTitle - Note:
290
Para - Do not drive without coolant in the cooling system. The engine will overheat causing major...
290
Para - Monitor the coolant temperature gauge while driving, see page\x11
290
Para - See page\x11
290
Warning - <TABELLE>
290
TBody - <TABELLENHAUPTTEXT>
290
Row - <TABELLENREIHE>
290
Entry - Warning!
290
Para - Warning!
290
Para - Do not spill antifreeze on hot engine parts. Antifreeze contains ethylene glycol which may...
290
Subsection - P54.30-2141-21
291
Title - P54.30-2141-21
291
Marker - P54.30-2141-21
291
CapLetter - COOLANT
291
Figure - <GRAPHIK>
291
Table - <TABELLE>
291
THead - <TABELLENKOPFZEILE>
291
Row - <TABELLENREIHE>
291
Entry - Line 1
291
Bold - Line 1
291
Entry - Line 2
291
Bold - Line 2
291
Entry - C*
291
Bold - C*
291
TBody - <TABELLENHAUPTTEXT>
291
Row - <TABELLENREIHE>
291
Entry - coolant
291
Entry - stop, engine off!1
291
Entry - 1
291
Row - <TABELLENREIHE>
291
Entry - coolant
291
Entry - Visit workshop!2
291
Entry - 2
291
Footnote - * C = Category, see page\x11
291
Footnote - 1 This may indicate that the poly-V-belt has broken. Should this condition occur, the ...
291
Footnote - 2 The cooling fan for the coolant is faulty. Observe the coolant temperature gauge. Se...
291
Para - During severe operating conditions and stop-and-go city traffic, the coolant temperature m...
291
Para - The engine should not be operated with the coolant temperature above 120
291
Warning - <TABELLE>
291
TBody - <TABELLENHAUPTTEXT>
291
Row - <TABELLENREIHE>
291
Entry - Warning!
291
Para - Warning!
291
Para - Driving when your engine is badly overheated can cause some fluids which may have leaked i...
291
Row - <TABELLENREIHE>
291
Entry - Steam from an overheated engine can cause serious burns and can occur just by opening the...
291
Para - Steam from an overheated engine can cause serious burns and can occur just by opening the ...
291
Row - <TABELLENREIHE>
291
Entry - Turn off the engine, get out of the vehicle and do not stand near the vehicle until it co...
291
Para - Turn off the engine, get out of the vehicle and do not stand near the vehicle until it coo...
291
Subsection - P54.30-2157-21
292
Title - P54.30-2157-21
292
Marker - P54.30-2157-21
292
CapLetter - ENGINE OIL LEVEL
292
Figure - <GRAPHIK>
292
Table - <TABELLE>
292
THead - <TABELLENKOPFZEILE>
292
Row - <TABELLENREIHE>
292
Entry - Line 1
292
Bold - Line 1
292
Entry - Line 2
292
Bold - Line 2
292
Entry - C*
292
Bold - C
292
TBody - <TABELLENHAUPTTEXT>
292
Row - <TABELLENREIHE>
292
Entry - Engine oil level
292
Entry - check level!1
292
Entry - 2
292
Row - <TABELLENREIHE>
292
Entry - Engine oil level
292
Entry - stop, engine off!2
292
Entry - 1
292
Row - <TABELLENREIHE>
292
Entry - engine oil level
292
Entry - reduce oil level13
292
Entry - 2
292
Row - <TABELLENREIHE>
292
Entry - Engine oil
292
Entry - visit workshop!4
292
Entry - 2
292
Row - <TABELLENREIHE>
292
Entry - Engine oil level
292
Entry - visit workshop!5
292
Entry - 2
292
Footnote - * C = Category, see page\x11
292
Footnote - 1 The engine oil level must be checked immediately. See Engine oil level indicator on ...
292
Footnote - 2 There is no oil in the engine. There is a danger of engine damage.
292
Footnote - 3 There is a risk of damaging the engine or catalytic converter. The engine oil level ...
292
Footnote - 4 The engine oil level has dropped to a critical level. Check the engine oil level imm...
292
Footnote - 5 The measuring system is malfunctioning.
292
Para - When the
292
Para - When this occurs, the warning will first come on intermittently and then stay on if the oi...
292
Para - If no oil leaks are noted, continue to drive to the nearest service station where the engi...
292
Para - The engine oil level warnings should not be ignored. Extended driving with the symbol disp...
292
Subsection - P54.30-2145-21
293
Title - P54.30-2145-21
293
Marker - P54.30-2145-21
293
CapLetter - LIGHTING SYSTEM
293
Figure - <GRAPHIK>
293
Table - <TABELLE>
293
THead - <TABELLENKOPFZEILE>
293
Row - <TABELLENREIHE>
293
Entry - Line 1
293
Bold - Line 1
293
Entry - Line 2
293
Bold - Line 2
293
Entry - C*
293
Bold - C
293
TBody - <TABELLENHAUPTTEXT>
293
Row - <TABELLENREIHE>
293
Entry - low beam,l
293
Entry - check lamp!
293
Entry - 2
293
Row - <TABELLENREIHE>
293
Entry - low beam,r
293
Entry - check lamp!
293
Entry - 2
293
Row - <TABELLENREIHE>
293
Entry - Display defective
293
Entry - visit workshop!1
293
Entry - 2
293
Row - <TABELLENREIHE>
293
Entry - turn signal, l
293
Entry - check lamp!
293
Entry - 2
293
Row - <TABELLENREIHE>
293
Entry - turn signal, r
293
Entry - check lamp!
293
Entry - 2
293
Row - <TABELLENREIHE>
293
Entry - l. turn sig. rflectr
293
Entry - check lamp!
293
Entry - 2
293
Row - <TABELLENREIHE>
293
Entry - r. turn sig. rflectr
293
Entry - check lamp!
293
Entry - 2
293
Row - <TABELLENREIHE>
293
Entry - turn signal F, l
293
Entry - check lamp!
293
Entry - 2
293
Row - <TABELLENREIHE>
293
Entry - turn signal F, R
293
Entry - check lamp!
293
Entry - 2
293
Row - <TABELLENREIHE>
293
Entry - brake light2
293
Entry - visit workshop!
293
Entry - 2
293
Row - <TABELLENREIHE>
293
Entry - brake light, l3
293
Entry - check lamp!
293
Entry - 2
293
Row - <TABELLENREIHE>
293
Entry - brake light, r3
293
Entry - check lamp!
293
Entry - 2
293
Row - <TABELLENREIHE>
293
Entry - 3rd stop lamp3
293
Entry - check lamp!
293
Entry - 2
293
Row - <TABELLENREIHE>
293
Entry - high beam, l
293
Entry - check lamp!
293
Entry - 2
293
Row - <TABELLENREIHE>
293
Entry - high beam, r
293
Entry - check lamp!
293
Entry - 2
293
Row - <TABELLENREIHE>
293
Entry - license plate l, l
293
Entry - check lamp!
293
Entry - 2
293
Row - <TABELLENREIHE>
293
Entry - license plate l, r
293
Entry - check lamp!
293
Entry - 2
293
Row - <TABELLENREIHE>
293
Entry - Lights
293
Entry - switch off lights!
293
Entry - 1
293
Row - <TABELLENREIHE>
293
Entry - autom. light on
293
Entry - remove key!
293
Entry - 1
293
Row - <TABELLENREIHE>
293
Entry - front foglamp, l
293
Entry - check lamp!
293
Entry - 2
293
Row - <TABELLENREIHE>
293
Entry - front foglamp, r
293
Entry - check lamp!
293
Entry - 2
293
Row - <TABELLENREIHE>
293
Entry - rear foglamp
293
Entry - check lamp!
293
Entry - 2
293
Row - <TABELLENREIHE>
294
Entry - rear foglamp
294
Entry - Switch off Substitute Lamp On!4
294
Entry - 2
294
Row - <TABELLENREIHE>
294
Entry - reverse light, l
294
Entry - check lamp!
294
Entry - 2
294
Row - <TABELLENREIHE>
294
Entry - reverse light, r
294
Entry - check lamp!
294
Entry - 2
294
Row - <TABELLENREIHE>
294
Entry - tail light, l
294
Entry - check lamp! Substitute Lamp On!4
294
Entry - 2
294
Row - <TABELLENREIHE>
294
Entry - tail light, r
294
Entry - check lamp! Substitute Lamp On!4
294
Entry - 2
294
Row - <TABELLENREIHE>
294
Entry - sidelight, l
294
Entry - check lamp! Substitute Lamp On!4
294
Entry - 2
294
Row - <TABELLENREIHE>
294
Entry - sidelight, r
294
Entry - check lamp! Substitute Lamp On!4
294
Entry - 2
294
Para - In the case of bulb failures in certain lamps, other lamps will substitute. See page\x11
294
Footnote - * C = Category, see page\x11
294
Footnote - 1 The display or the system is malfunctioning.
294
Footnote - 2 The brake lamps are switching on after a delay or are permanently on – visit worksho...
294
Footnote - 3 The brake lamp comprises several light emitting diodes. The warning message will onl...
294
Footnote - 4 Other bulbs will be brought into use as replacements when certain lamps blow.
294
Subsection - P54.30-2149-21
295
Title - P54.30-2149-21
295
Marker - P54.30-2149-21
295
CapLetter - LIGHT SENSOR
295
Figure - <GRAPHIK>
295
Table - <TABELLE>
295
THead - <TABELLENKOPFZEILE>
295
Row - <TABELLENREIHE>
295
Entry - Line 1
295
Bold - Line 1
295
Entry - Line 2
295
Bold - Line 2
295
Entry - C*
295
Bold - C
295
TBody - <TABELLENHAUPTTEXT>
295
Row - <TABELLENREIHE>
295
Entry - light sensor
295
Entry - visit workshop!
295
Entry - 2
295
Footnote - * C = Category, see page\x11
295
Para - The headlamps will be switched on automatically if the light sensor malfunctions.
295
Para - The
295
Subsection - P54.30-2173-21
295
Title - P54.30-2173-21
295
Marker - P54.30-2173-21
295
CapLetter - DOOR
295
Figure - <GRAPHIK>
295
Table - <TABELLE>
295
THead - <TABELLENKOPFZEILE>
295
Row - <TABELLENREIHE>
295
Entry - Line 1
295
Bold - Line 1
295
Entry - Line 2
295
Bold - Line 2
295
Entry - C*
295
Bold - C*
295
TBody - <TABELLENHAUPTTEXT>
295
Row - <TABELLENREIHE>
295
Entry - door open!
295
Entry -
295
Entry - 1
295
Footnote - * C = Category, see page\x11
295
Subsection - P54.30-2133-21
296
Title - P54.30-2133-21
296
Marker - P54.30-2133-21
296
CapLetter - TRUNK OPEN
296
Figure - <GRAPHIK>
296
Table - <TABELLE>
296
THead - <TABELLENKOPFZEILE>
296
Row - <TABELLENREIHE>
296
Entry - Line 1
296
Bold - Line 1
296
Entry - Line 2
296
Bold - Line 2
296
Entry - C*
296
Bold - C*
296
TBody - <TABELLENHAUPTTEXT>
296
Row - <TABELLENREIHE>
296
Entry - trunk open!
296
Entry -
296
Entry - 2
296
Footnote - * C = Category, see page\x11
296
Subsection - HOOD
296
Title - HOOD
296
Marker - HOOD
296
CapLetter - HOOD
296
Figure - <GRAPHIK>
296
Table - <TABELLE>
296
TBody - <TABELLENHAUPTTEXT>
296
Row - <TABELLENREIHE>
296
Entry - Line 1
296
Bold - Line 1
296
Entry - Line 2
296
Bold - Line 2
296
Entry - C*
296
Bold - C*
296
Row - <TABELLENREIHE>
296
Entry - ENGINE HOOD open!
296
Entry -
296
Entry - 2
296
Footnote - * C = Category, see page\x11
296
Para - See page\x11
296
Subsection - P54.30-????-21
297
Title - P54.30-????-21
297
Marker - P54.30-????-21
297
CapLetter - TELEPHONE – FUNCTION
297
Figure - <GRAPHIK>
297
Table - <TABELLE>
297
THead - <TABELLENKOPFZEILE>
297
Row - <TABELLENREIHE>
297
Entry - Line 1
297
Bold - Line 1
297
Entry - Line 2
297
Bold - Line 2
297
Entry - C*
297
Bold - C
297
TBody - <TABELLENHAUPTTEXT>
297
Row - <TABELLENREIHE>
297
Entry - function
297
Entry - not available!
297
Entry - 3
297
Footnote - * C = Category, see page\x11
297
Para - The display appears if button
297
Subsection - P54.30-????-21
297
Title - P54.30-????-21
297
Marker - P54.30-????-21
297
CapLetter - TELE AID
297
Figure - <GRAPHIK>
297
Table - <TABELLE>
297
THead - <TABELLENKOPFZEILE>
297
Row - <TABELLENREIHE>
297
Entry - Line 1
297
Bold - Line 1
297
Entry - Line 2
297
Bold - Line 2
297
Entry - C*
297
Bold - C
297
TBody - <TABELLENHAUPTTEXT>
297
Row - <TABELLENREIHE>
297
Entry - Tele aid
297
Entry - visit workshop!1
297
Entry - 1
297
Footnote - * C = Category, see page\x11
297
Footnote - 1 The Tele Aid system consists of three types of response; automatic and manual emerge...
297
Footnote - See page\x11
297
Para - If a malfunction is indicated as outlined above, have the system checked at the nearest Me...
297
Subsection - P54.30-2181-21
298
Title - P54.30-2181-21
298
Marker - P54.30-2181-21
298
CapLetter - WASHER FLUID
298
Figure - <GRAPHIK>
298
Table - <TABELLE>
298
THead - <TABELLENKOPFZEILE>
298
Row - <TABELLENREIHE>
298
Entry - Line 1
298
Bold - Line 1
298
Entry - Line 2
298
Bold - Line 2
298
Entry - C*
298
Bold - C*
298
TBody - <TABELLENHAUPTTEXT>
298
Row - <TABELLENREIHE>
298
Entry - washer fluid
298
Entry - check level!
298
Entry - 3
298
Footnote - * C = Category, see page\x11
298
Para - When this message appears while the engine is running, the level of the reservoir has drop...
298
Para - See windshield and headlamp washer system on page\x11
298
Subsection - P54.30-????-21
299
Title - P54.30-????-21
299
Marker - P54.30-????-21
299
CapLetter - RESTRAINT SYSTEM
299
Figure - <GRAPHIK>
299
Table - <TABELLE>
299
THead - <TABELLENKOPFZEILE>
299
Row - <TABELLENREIHE>
299
Entry - Line 1
299
Bold - Line 1
299
Entry - Line 2
299
Bold - Line 2
299
Entry - C*
299
Bold - C
299
TBody - <TABELLENHAUPTTEXT>
299
Row - <TABELLENREIHE>
299
Entry - RESTRAINT SYSTEM
299
Entry - visit workshop!
299
Entry - 1
299
Footnote - * C = Category, see page\x11
299
Para - See page\x11
299
Subsection - KEY
299
Title - KEY
299
Marker - KEY
299
CapLetter - KEY
299
Figure - <GRAPHIK>
299
Table - <TABELLE>
299
TBody - <TABELLENHAUPTTEXT>
299
Row - <TABELLENREIHE>
299
Entry - Line 1
299
Bold - Line 1
299
Entry - Line 2
299
Bold - Line 2
299
Entry - C*
299
Bold - C*
299
Row - <TABELLENREIHE>
299
Entry - replace Key1
299
Entry - visit workshop!
299
Entry - 2
299
Row - <TABELLENREIHE>
299
Entry - AUTOM. LIGHT ON
299
Entry - remove key!
299
Entry - 1
299
Footnote - * C = Category, see page\x11
299
Footnote - 1 Key needs possibly to be replaced.
299
Subsection - FUEL RESERVE
300
Title - FUEL RESERVE
300
Marker - FUEL RESERVE
300
CapLetter - FUEL RESERVE
300
Figure - <GRAPHIK>
300
Table - <TABELLE>
300
TBody - <TABELLENHAUPTTEXT>
300
Row - <TABELLENREIHE>
300
Entry - Line 1
300
Bold - Line 1
300
Entry - Line 2
300
Bold - Line 2
300
Entry - C*
300
Bold - C*
300
Row - <TABELLENREIHE>
300
Entry - RESERVE FUEL
300
Entry - visit filling STATION!
300
Entry - 2
300
Footnote - * C = Category, see page\x11
300
Subsection - UNDERVOLTAGE
300
Title - UNDERVOLTAGE
300
Marker - UNDERVOLTAGE
300
CapLetter - UNDERVOLTAGE
300
Figure - <GRAPHIK>
300
Table - <TABELLE>
300
TBody - <TABELLENHAUPTTEXT>
300
Row - <TABELLENREIHE>
300
Entry - Line 1
300
Bold - Line 1
300
Entry - Line 2
300
Bold - Line 2
300
Entry - C*
300
Bold - C*
300
Row - <TABELLENREIHE>
300
Entry - UNDERVOLTAGE
300
Entry - ENGINE ON!
300
Entry - 1
300
Row - <TABELLENREIHE>
300
Entry - UNDERVOLTAGE
300
Entry - CONSUMER defective!
300
Entry - 1
300
Footnote - * C = Category, see page\x11
300
Subsection - STEER. WHEEL ADJUST. - malfunction and warning messages
301
Title - STEER. WHEEL ADJUST. - malfunction and warning messages
301
Marker - STEER. WHEEL ADJUST. - malfunction and warning messages
301
CapLetter - STEERing WH. ADJUST
301
Figure - <GRAPHIK>
301
Table - <TABELLE>
301
TBody - <TABELLENHAUPTTEXT>
301
Row - <TABELLENREIHE>
301
Entry - Line 1
301
Bold - Line 1
301
Entry - Line 2
301
Bold - Line 2
301
Entry - C*
301
Bold - C*
301
Row - <TABELLENREIHE>
301
Entry - steerING wh. adjust
301
Entry - LOCK!
301
Entry - 1
301
Footnote - * C = Category, see page\x11
301
Para - For locking the manual steering wheel adjustment, see\x11page\x11
301
Subsection - ENTRANCE POSITION - malfunction and warning messages
301
Title - ENTRANCE POSITION - malfunction and warning messages
301
Marker - ENTRANCE POSITION - malfunction and warning messages
301
CapLetter - Entrance position
301
Figure - <GRAPHIK>
301
Table - <TABELLE>
301
TBody - <TABELLENHAUPTTEXT>
301
Row - <TABELLENREIHE>
301
Entry - Line 1
301
Bold - Line 1
301
Entry - Line 2
301
Bold - Line 2
301
Entry - C*
301
Bold - C*
301
Row - <TABELLENREIHE>
301
Entry - Entrance position
301
CapLetter - Entrance position
301
Entry - do not drive!
301
Entry - 1
301
Footnote - * C = Category, see page\x11
301
Para - Wait until the seat and steering wheel have moved to their driving positions. The display ...
301
Para - See also\x11page\x11
301
ToC - Contents - Practical hints
302
Title - Contents - Practical hints
302
Marker - Contents - Practical hints
302
ToCEntry - First aid kit 294
302
ToCEntry - Stowing things in the vehicle 294
302
ToCEntry - Fuses 295
302
ToCEntry - Hood 297
302
ToCEntry - Checking engine oil level 300
302
ToCEntry - Automatic transmission fluid level 301
302
ToCEntry - Coolant level 301
302
ToCEntry - Adding coolant 302
302
ToCSubEntry - Adding coolant 302
302
ToCEntry - Windshield and headlamp washer system 302
302
ToCEntry - Spare wheel, vehicle tools, storage compartment 304
302
ToCEntry - Vehicle jack 305
302
ToCEntry - Wheels 306
302
ToCEntry - Tire replacement 306
302
ToCSubEntry - Tire replacement 306
302
ToCSubEntry - Rotating wheels 307
302
ToCEntry - Spare wheel 308
302
ToCEntry - Changing wheels 309
302
ToCEntry - Tire inflation pressure 315
302
ToCEntry - Battery 316
302
ToCEntry - Jump starting 318
302
ToCEntry - Towing the vehicle 321
302
ToCEntry - Transmission selector lever, manually unlocking 325
302
ToCSubEntry - Transmission selector lever, manually unlocking 325
302
ToCEntry - Exterior lamps 326
302
ToCEntry - Replacing bulbs 326
302
ToCSubEntry - Replacing bulbs 326
302
ToCEntry - Trunk lamp 331
302
ToCEntry - Changing batteries in the electronic main key 332
302
ToCEntry - Synchronizing remote control 334
302
ToCSubEntry - Synchronizing remote control 334
302
ToCEntry - Emergency engine shut-down 334
302
ToCEntry - Fuel filler flap, manual release 335
302
ToCEntry - Replacing wiper blade insert 337
302
ToCEntry - Roof rack 338
302
Part - Practical hints
303
Section - Practical hints
303
Title - Practical hints
303
Hypertext - Practical hints
303
Marker - First aid kit
303
Figure - <GRAPHIK>
303
Para - The first aid kit is located in the storage space\x11(1) in the shelf below the rear window.
303
Para - Lift cover. Remove first aid kit.
303
Section - Stowing things in the vehicle
303
Title - Stowing things in the vehicle
303
Marker - Stowing things in the vehicle
303
Warning - <TABELLE>
303
TBody - <TABELLENHAUPTTEXT>
303
Row - <TABELLENREIHE>
303
Entry - Warning!
303
Para - Warning!
303
Para - To help avoid personal injury during a collision or sudden maneuver, exercise care when st...
303
Section - Fuses
304
Title - Fuses
304
Marker - Fuses
304
Para - Most of your vehicle’s electrical components are fused with safety fuses. With the excepti...
304
Para - The circuit for components is protected by a cycled circuit breaker interrupted if too muc...
304
Para - Always use a new fuse for replacement. Never attempt to repair or bridge a blown fuse.
304
Para - A fuse chart is located in fuse box\x11(1).
304
Para - A fuse extractor is located in the auxiliary fuse box in the trunk, see page\x11
304
Subsection - P54.15-2007-26
304
Title - P54.15-2007-26
304
Marker - P54.15-2007-26
304
Figure - <GRAPHIK>
304
OrderedList - 1 Fuse box in passenger compartment
304
Item - 1 Fuse box in passenger compartment
304
Para - To gain access to fuse box, pull cover away from fuse box\x11(arrow) and remove rearward.
304
Subsection - P54.15-0466-26
305
Title - P54.15-0466-26
305
Marker - P54.15-0466-26
305
Figure - <GRAPHIK>
305
OrderedList - 2 Fuse box in engine compartment, left-hand side
305
Item - 2 Fuse box in engine compartment, left-hand side
305
Item - 3 Tabs
305
Para - To gain access to fuse box:
305
Para - Release clamps\x11(3) and remove the cover.
305
Para - To close the fuse box:
305
Para - Ensure that the sealing rubber is properly positioned when you replace the cover. Press th...
305
Subsection - P82.10-0911-26
305
Title - P82.10-0911-26
305
Marker - P82.10-0911-26
305
Figure - <GRAPHIK>
305
OrderedList - 4 Auxiliary fuse box in left hand side of trunk.
305
Item - 4 Auxiliary fuse box in left hand side of trunk.
305
Para - To open: Remove the cover.
305
Para - To close: Press the cover on.
305
Section - Engine compartment
306
Title - Engine compartment
306
Marker - Engine compartment
306
Warning - <TABELLE>
306
TBody - <TABELLENHAUPTTEXT>
306
Row - <TABELLENREIHE>
306
Entry - Warning!
306
Para - Warning!
306
Para - To help prevent personal injury, stay clear of moving parts when the hood is open and the ...
306
Row - <TABELLENREIHE>
306
Entry - The radiator fan may continue to run for approximately 30\x11seconds or even restart after t...
306
Para - The radiator fan may continue to run for approximately 30\x11seconds or even restart after th...
306
Row - <TABELLENREIHE>
306
Entry - If you see flames or smoke coming from the engine compartment, or if the coolant temperat...
306
Para - If you see flames or smoke coming from the engine compartment, or if the coolant temperatu...
306
Row - <TABELLENREIHE>
306
Entry - The engine is equipped with a transistorized ignition system. Because of the high voltage...
306
Para - The engine is equipped with a transistorized ignition system. Because of the high voltage ...
306
ItemizedList - • with the engine running,
306
Item - • with the engine running,
306
Item - • while starting the engine,
306
Item - • if ignition is
306
Para - <GRAPHIK>
307
Graphic - <GRAPHIK>
307
Marker - P88.40-2001-26
307
Para - <GRAPHIK>
307
Graphic - <GRAPHIK>
307
Marker - P88.40-0391-26
307
Note - Note:
307
BlockTitle - Note:
307
Para - To avoid damage to the windshield wipers or hood, open the hood only with the wipers in th...
307
Para - <GRAPHIK>
308
Graphic - <GRAPHIK>
308
Marker - P88.40-0390-26
308
Para - To close: Lower the hood and let it drop into lock from a height of approximately 1\x11ft. (3...
308
Para - To avoid hood damage, please make sure that hood is fully closed. If not, repeat closing p...
308
Section - Checking engine oil level
309
Title - Checking engine oil level
309
Marker - Checking engine oil level
309
Figure - <GRAPHIK>
309
OrderedList - 1 Oil filler cap
309
Item - 1 Oil filler cap
309
Para - To check the engine oil level, park vehicle on level ground, with engine at normal operati...
309
Para - Check engine oil level approximately 5\x11minutes after stopping the engine, allowing for the...
309
Para - The engine oil level can be checked via the multifunction display in the instrument cluster.
309
Para - Unscrew the oil filler cap and add oil carefully if you need to top up the oil. Fill quant...
309
Para - Do not overfill the engine.
309
Underline - Do not overfill the engine.
309
Para - See malfunction and warning messages on page\x11
309
Note - Note:
309
BlockTitle - Note:
309
Para - See page\x11
309
Section - Automatic transmission fluid level
310
Title - Automatic transmission fluid level
310
Marker - Automatic transmission fluid level
310
Para - The transmission has a permanent fill of automatic transmission fluid.
310
Para - Regular automatic transmission fluid level checks and changes are not required. For this r...
310
Para - If you notice fluid leaks or gear shifting malfunctions, have your authorized Mercedes-Ben...
310
Section - Coolant level
310
Title - Coolant level
310
Marker - Coolant level
310
Figure - <GRAPHIK>
310
OrderedList - 1 Coolant expansion tank
310
Item - 1 Coolant expansion tank
310
Para - To check the coolant level, the vehicle must be parked on level ground and the engine stop...
310
Para - Check coolant level only when coolant is cold.
310
Para - The coolant level should reach the black top part of the reservoir.
310
Para - See page\x11
310
Subsection - Adding coolant
311
Title - Adding coolant
311
Marker - Adding coolant
311
Para - If coolant has to be added, a 50/50 mixture of water and MB anticorrosion\x12/\x12antifreeze sho...
311
Warning - <TABELLE>
311
TBody - <TABELLENHAUPTTEXT>
311
Row - <TABELLENREIHE>
311
Entry - Warning!
311
Para - Warning!
311
ItemizedList - • In order to avoid possibly serious burns: Use extreme caution when opening the h...
311
Item - • In order to avoid possibly serious burns: Use extreme caution when opening the hood if t...
311
Row - <TABELLENREIHE>
311
Entry - • Do not remove pressure cap on coolant reservoir if engine temperature is above 194°F (9...
311
ItemizedList - • Do not remove pressure cap on coolant reservoir if engine temperature is above 194
311
Item - • Do not remove pressure cap on coolant reservoir if engine temperature is above 194
311
Row - <TABELLENREIHE>
311
Entry - • Using a rag, slowly open cap approximately 1/2 turn to relieve excess pressure. If open...
311
ItemizedList - • Using a rag, slowly open cap approximately 1/2 turn to relieve excess pressure. ...
311
Item - • Using a rag, slowly open cap approximately 1/2 turn to relieve excess pressure. If opene...
311
Row - <TABELLENREIHE>
311
Entry - • Do not spill antifreeze on hot engine parts. Antifreeze contains ethylene glycol which ...
311
ItemizedList - • Do not spill antifreeze on hot engine parts. Antifreeze contains ethylene glycol...
311
Item - • Do not spill antifreeze on hot engine parts. Antifreeze contains ethylene glycol which m...
311
Section - Windshield washer system
311
Title - Windshield washer system
311
Marker - Windshield washer system
311
Figure - <GRAPHIK>
311
OrderedList - 1 Windshield and headlamp washer fluid reservoir
311
Item - 1 Windshield and headlamp washer fluid reservoir
311
Para - The reservoir should be refilled with MB Windshield Washer Concentrate and water (or conce...
311
Para - Vehicles without headlamp cleaning system: Capacity approximately 3.2 US qt (3.0 l)
312
Para - Vehicles with headlamp cleaning system: Capacity approximately 6.4 US qt (6.0 l)
312
Warning - <TABELLE>
312
TBody - <TABELLENHAUPTTEXT>
312
Row - <TABELLENREIHE>
312
Entry - Warning!
312
Para - Warning!
312
Para - Washer solvent/antifreeze is highly flammable. Do not spill washer solvent/antifreeze on h...
312
Subsection - Windshield and headlamp washer fluid mixing ratio
312
Title - Windshield and headlamp washer fluid mixing ratio
312
Para - For temperatures above freezing: MB Windshield Washer Concentrate
312
Para - 1 part
312
Para - For temperatures below freezing:
312
Para - MB Windshield Washer Concentrate
312
Para - 1 part
312
Section - Spare wheel, vehicle tools, storage compartment
313
Title - Spare wheel, vehicle tools, storage compartment
313
Marker - Spare wheel, vehicle tools, storage compartment
313
Figure - <GRAPHIK>
313
OrderedList - 1 Vehicle tool kit and towing\x11eye\x11bolt
313
Item - 1 Vehicle tool kit and towing\x11eye\x11bolt
313
Item - 2 Jack
313
Item - 3 Spare wheel
313
Item - 4 Storage tray
313
Para - Lift trunk floor and engage handle in upper edge of trunk.
313
Para - Always lower trunk floor before closing trunk lid.
313
Para - To remove the spare wheel: Take out the vehicle tool kit tray. Turn the luggage bowl count...
313
Para - To store spare wheel: Place spare wheel in wheel well and secure it with luggage bowl. Tur...
313
Para - Place vehicle tool kit tray in luggage bowl.
313
Section - Jack
314
Title - Jack
314
Marker - Jack
314
Figure - <GRAPHIK>
314
Para - To prepare the jack for use:
314
Para - Remove the jack from the spare wheel well under the trunk floor.
314
Para - Push the crank handle up and turn clockwise until it engages (operational position).
314
Subsection -
314
Title -
314
Figure - <GRAPHIK>
314
Para - Storing the jack in the trunk:
314
Para - Before storing the jack, it should be fully collapsed, with handle folded in (storage posi...
314
Warning - <TABELLE>
314
TBody - <TABELLENHAUPTTEXT>
314
Row - <TABELLENREIHE>
314
Entry -
314
Row - <TABELLENREIHE>
315
Entry - Warning!
315
Para - Warning!
315
Para - The jack is designed exclusively for jacking up the vehicle at the jack take\x15up brackets b...
315
Row - <TABELLENREIHE>
315
Entry - Do not disengage parking brake while the vehicle is raised. Be certain that the jack is a...
315
Para - Do not disengage parking brake while the vehicle is raised. Be certain that the jack is al...
315
Section - Wheels
315
Title - Wheels
315
Marker - Wheels
315
Para - Replace rims or tires with the same designation, manufacturer and type as shown on the ori...
315
Para - See your authorized Mercedes-Benz Center for information on tested and recommended rims an...
315
Subsection - Tire replacement
315
Title - Tire replacement
315
Marker - Tire replacement
315
Para - Front and rear tires should be replaced in sets. Rims and tires must be of the correct siz...
315
Para - We recommend that you break in new tires for approximately 60\x11miles (100\x11km) at moderate s...
315
Para - It is imperative that the wheel mounting bolts be fastened to a tightening torque of 110 f...
316
Para - For rim and tire specifications, refer to
316
Warning - <TABELLE>
316
TBody - <TABELLENHAUPTTEXT>
316
Row - <TABELLENREIHE>
316
Entry - Warning!
316
Para - Warning!
316
Para - Worn, old tires can cause accidents. If the tire tread is badly worn, or if the tires have...
316
Row - <TABELLENREIHE>
316
Entry - When replacing rims, use only genuine Mercedes\x15Benz wheel bolts specified for the particu...
316
Para - When replacing rims, use only genuine Mercedes\x15Benz wheel bolts specified for the particul...
316
Subsection - Rotating wheels
316
Title - Rotating wheels
316
Marker - Rotating wheels
316
Para - The wheels can be rotated according to the degree of tire wear while retaining the same di...
316
Para - Rotating, however, should be carried out as recommended by the tire manufacturer, before t...
316
Note - Notes:
316
BlockTitle - Notes:
316
Para - Thoroughly clean the inner side of the wheels any time you rotate the wheels or wash the v...
316
Para - The use of retread tires is not recommended. Retread tires may adversely affect the handli...
316
Para - Dented or bent rims can cause tire pressure loss and damage to the tire beads. For this re...
316
Para - Check and ensure proper tire inflation pressure after rotating the wheels. For tire inflat...
316
Section - Spare wheel
317
Title - Spare wheel
317
Marker - Spare wheel
317
Important - Important!
317
BlockTitle - Important!
317
Para - The spare wheel rim is mounted with a full size tire of the same type as on the vehicle, a...
317
Para - In the case of a flat tire, you may temporarily use the spare wheel.
317
Para - Do not operate vehicle with more than one spare wheel mounted.
317
Warning - <TABELLE>
317
TBody - <TABELLENHAUPTTEXT>
317
Row - <TABELLENREIHE>
317
Entry - Warning!
317
Para - Warning!
317
Para - The spare wheel rim is for temporary use only. Use for over a total of 12\x11000\x11miles (20\x1100...
317
Subsection - Spare wheel
317
Title - Spare wheel
317
Para - The spare wheel rim size is 7 J x 16 H2 (C 240 Canada only - steel rims 6
317
Para - In the case of a flat tire or breakdown, you may temporarily use the spare wheel, while ob...
317
ItemizedList - • Do not exceed vehicle speed of 50 mph (80 km\x12/\x12h).
317
Item - • Do not exceed vehicle speed of 50 mph (80 km\x12/\x12h).
317
Item - • Drive to the nearest repair facility to have the flat tire repaired or replaced as appro...
317
Item - • Do not operate vehicle with more than one spare wheel mounted.
317
Para - For additional information, refer to page\x11
317
Warning - <TABELLE>
317
TBody - <TABELLENHAUPTTEXT>
317
Row - <TABELLENREIHE>
317
Entry -
317
Row - <TABELLENREIHE>
318
Entry - Warning!
318
Para - Warning!
318
Para - The spare wheel rim is for temporary use only. Use for over a total of 12 000 miles (20 00...
318
Row - <TABELLENREIHE>
318
Entry - The dimensions of the spare wheel are different from those of road wheels. As a result, t...
318
Para - The dimensions of the spare wheel are different from those of road wheels. As a result, th...
318
Row - <TABELLENREIHE>
318
Entry - The spare wheel should only be used temporarily, and replaced with a regular road wheel a...
318
Para - The spare wheel should only be used temporarily, and replaced with a regular road wheel as...
318
Section - Changing wheels
318
Title - Changing wheels
318
Marker - Changing wheels
318
Warning - <TABELLE>
318
TBody - <TABELLENHAUPTTEXT>
318
Row - <TABELLENREIHE>
318
Entry - Warning!
318
Para - Warning!
318
Para - The jack is designed exclusively for jacking up the vehicle at the jack take\x15up brackets b...
318
Row - <TABELLENREIHE>
318
Entry - Do not disengage parking brake while the vehicle is raised. Be certain that the jack is a...
318
Para - Do not disengage parking brake while the vehicle is raised. Be certain that the jack is al...
318
Para - Move vehicle to a level area which is a safe distance from the roadway.
319
OrderedList - 1. Set parking brake and turn on hazard warning flasher.
319
Item - 1. Set parking brake and turn on hazard warning flasher.
319
Item - 2. Move selector lever to position\x11
319
Item - 3. Prevent vehicle from rolling away by blocking wheels with wheel chocks (not supplied wi...
319
OrderedList - <GRAPHIK>
319
Item - <GRAPHIK>
319
Graphic - <GRAPHIK>
319
Marker - P40.10-2077-26
319
OrderedList - <GRAPHIK>
320
Item - <GRAPHIK>
320
Graphic - <GRAPHIK>
320
Marker - P40.10-2077-26
320
OrderedList - P40.10-0520-26
320
Item - P40.10-0520-26
320
Marker - P40.10-0520-26
320
OrderedList - <GRAPHIK>
320
Item - <GRAPHIK>
320
Graphic - <GRAPHIK>
320
Marker - P40.10-2074-26
320
ItemPara - The jack take\x15up brackets are located directly behind the front wheel housings and in ...
320
Item - 8. Jack up the vehicle until the wheel is clear of the ground. Never start engine while ve...
320
OrderedList - <GRAPHIK>
321
Item - <GRAPHIK>
321
Graphic - <GRAPHIK>
321
Marker - P40.10-2076-26
321
Item - 10. Remove wheel. Grip wheel from the sides. Keep hands from beneath the wheels.
321
OrderedList - <GRAPHIK>
321
Item - <GRAPHIK>
321
Graphic - <GRAPHIK>
321
Item - 2 Wheel bolt for steel rims (Canada model C 240)
321
OrderedList - <GRAPHIK>
322
Item - <GRAPHIK>
322
Graphic - <GRAPHIK>
322
Marker - P40.10-2075-26
322
ItemPara - To avoid paint damage, place wheel flat against hub and hold it there while installing...
322
ItemPara - Unscrew the alignment bolt to install the last wheel bolt.
322
OrderedList - <GRAPHIK>
322
Item - <GRAPHIK>
322
Graphic - <GRAPHIK>
322
Marker - P40.10-2072-26
322
Item - <GRAPHIK>
323
Graphic - <GRAPHIK>
323
Marker - P40.10-2073-26
323
Item - 14. Vehicles with steel rims
323
Note - Notes:
324
BlockTitle - Notes:
324
Para - Before storing the jack, it should be fully collapsed, with handle folded in.
324
Para - For proper storage of vehicle jack see page\x11
324
Warning - <TABELLE>
324
TBody - <TABELLENHAUPTTEXT>
324
Row - <TABELLENREIHE>
324
Entry - Warning!
324
Para - Warning!
324
Para - Always replace wheel bolts that are damaged or rusted.
324
Row - <TABELLENREIHE>
324
Entry - Never apply oil or grease to wheel bolts.
324
Para - Never apply oil or grease to wheel bolts.
324
Row - <TABELLENREIHE>
324
Entry - Damaged wheel hub threads should be repaired immediately.
324
Para - Damaged wheel hub threads should be repaired immediately.
324
Row - <TABELLENREIHE>
324
Entry - Incorrect mounting bolts or improperly tightened mounting bolts can cause the wheel to co...
324
Para - Incorrect mounting bolts or improperly tightened mounting bolts can cause the wheel to com...
324
Section - Tire inflation pressure
324
Title - Tire inflation pressure
324
Marker - Tire inflation pressure
324
Para - A table (see fuel filler flap) lists the tire inflation pressures specified for Mercedes-B...
324
Important - Important!
324
BlockTitle - Important!
324
Para - Tire pressure changes by approximately 1.5 psi (0.1 bar) per 18
324
Para - Example:
324
68
324
Para - Tire pressures listed for light loads are minimum values offering high driving comfort. In...
324
Para - Tire temperature and pressure increase with the vehicle speed. Tire pressure should theref...
324
Para - An underinflated tire due to a slow leak (e.g. due to a nail in the tire) may cause damage...
325
Para - If a tire constantly loses air, it should be inspected for damage.
325
Para - The spare tire should be checked periodically for condition and inflation. Spare tire will...
325
Warning - <TABELLE>
325
TBody - <TABELLENHAUPTTEXT>
325
Row - <TABELLENREIHE>
325
Entry - Warning!
325
Para - Warning!
325
Para - Do not overinflate tires. Overinflating tires can result in sudden deflation (blowout) bec...
325
Row - <TABELLENREIHE>
325
Entry - Do not overload the tires by exceeding the specified vehicle capacity weight as indicated...
325
Para - Do not overload the tires by exceeding the specified vehicle capacity weight as indicated ...
325
Section - Battery
325
Title - Battery
325
Marker - Battery
325
Warning - <TABELLE>
325
TBody - <TABELLENHAUPTTEXT>
325
Row - <TABELLENREIHE>
325
Entry - Warning!
325
Para - Warning!
325
Para - Failure to follow these instructions can result in severe injury or death.
325
Row - <TABELLENREIHE>
325
Entry - Never lean over batteries while connecting, you might get injured.
325
Para - Never lean over batteries while connecting, you might get injured.
325
Row - <TABELLENREIHE>
325
Entry - Battery fluid contains sulfuric acid. Do not allow this fluid to come in contact with eye...
325
Para - Battery fluid contains sulfuric acid. Do not allow this fluid to come in contact with eyes...
325
Row - <TABELLENREIHE>
325
Entry - A battery will also produce hydrogen gas, which is flammable and explosive. Keep flames o...
325
Para - A battery will also produce hydrogen gas, which is flammable and explosive. Keep flames or...
325
Important - Important!
325
BlockTitle - Important!
325
Para - Battery replacement information:
325
Para - The maintenance-free battery is located in the engine compartment on the right hand side.
325
Para - The service life of the battery is dependent on its condition of charge. The battery shoul...
325
Para - Therefore, we strongly recommend that you have the battery charge checked frequently, and ...
326
Bold - Therefore, we strongly recommend that you have the battery charge checked frequently, and ...
326
Para - Only charge a battery with a battery charger after the battery has been disconnected from ...
326
Para - Always disconnect the battery negative lead first and connect last.
326
Para - When removing and connecting the battery, always make sure that all electrical consumers a...
326
Para - While the engine is running the battery terminal clamps must not be loosened or detached, ...
326
Para - P54.10-2054-26
326
Marker - P54.10-2054-26
326
Graphic - <GRAPHIK>
326
Para - Release three clamps\x11(1) and remove filter box.
326
Para - Installation of filter box:
326
Para - Install filter box properly and secure with three\x11clamps\x11(1).
326
Note - Note:
327
BlockTitle - Note:
327
Para - After reconnecting the battery also set the clock (vehicles with COMAND: see COMAND operat...
327
Subsection - Battery recycling
327
Title - Battery recycling
327
Para - Batteries contain materials that can harm the environment with improper disposal.
327
Para - Large 12 Volt storage batteries contain lead.
327
Para - Recycling of batteries is the preferred method of disposal.
327
Para - Many states require sellers of batteries to accept old batteries for recycling.
327
Section - Jump starting
327
Title - Jump starting
327
Marker - Jump starting
327
Warning - <TABELLE>
327
TBody - <TABELLENHAUPTTEXT>
327
Row - <TABELLENREIHE>
327
Entry - Warning!
327
Para - Warning!
327
Para - Failure to follow these directions will cause damage to the electronic components, and can...
327
Row - <TABELLENREIHE>
327
Entry - Never lean over batteries while connecting or jump starting, you might get injured.
327
Para - Never lean over batteries while connecting or jump starting, you might get injured.
327
Row - <TABELLENREIHE>
327
Entry - Battery fluid contains sulfuric acid. Do not allow this fluid to come in contact with eye...
327
Para - Battery fluid contains sulfuric acid. Do not allow this fluid to come in contact with eyes...
327
Row - <TABELLENREIHE>
327
Entry - A battery will also produce hydrogen gas, which is flammable and very explosive. Keep fla...
327
Para - A battery will also produce hydrogen gas, which is flammable and very explosive. Keep flam...
327
Row - <TABELLENREIHE>
327
Entry - Read all instructions before proceeding.
327
Para - Read all instructions before proceeding.
327
Important - Important!
328
BlockTitle - Important!
328
14
328
ItemizedList - • Minimum cable cross-section of 25\x11mm
328
Item - • Minimum cable cross-section of 25\x11mm
328
Item - • Maximum length of 11.5 ft. (3.5 m).
328
Para - If the battery is discharged, the engine should be started with jumper cables and the (12 ...
328
Para - Only use 12 V battery to jump start your vehicle. Jump starting with more powerful battery...
328
Para - The battery is located in the engine compartment on the right hand side.
328
OrderedList - <GRAPHIK>
328
Item - <GRAPHIK>
328
Graphic - <GRAPHIK>
328
) under hood terminal
328
Para - Proceed as follows:
329
OrderedList - 1. Position the vehicle with the charged battery so that the jumper cables will rea...
329
Item - 1. Position the vehicle with the charged battery so that the jumper cables will reach, but...
329
Item - 2. On both vehicles:
329
Important - Important!
329
BlockTitle - Important!
329
) under hood terminal ...
329
) under hood terminal of the ...
329
Item - 4. Clamp one end of the second jumper cable to the grounded negative (–) terminal of the c...
329
Important - Important!
329
BlockTitle - Important!
329
OrderedList - 5. Start engine of the vehicle with the charged battery and run at high idle. Make ...
329
Item - 5. Start engine of the vehicle with the charged battery and run at high idle. Make sure th...
329
Item - 6. After the engine has started, remove jumper cables by exactly reversing the above insta...
329
Note - Note:
330
BlockTitle - Note:
330
Para - If engine does not run after several unsuccessful starting attempts, have it checked at th...
330
Para - Excessive unburned fuel may damage the catalytic converter.
330
Section - Towing the vehicle
330
Title - Towing the vehicle
330
Marker - Towing the vehicle
330
Warning - <TABELLE>
330
TBody - <TABELLENHAUPTTEXT>
330
Row - <TABELLENREIHE>
330
Entry - Warning!
330
Para - Warning!
330
Para - Prior to towing the vehicle with all wheels on the ground, make certain that the electroni...
330
Row - <TABELLENREIHE>
330
Entry - If the electronic key is left in the starter switch position\x110 for an extended period of ...
330
Para - If the electronic key is left in the starter switch position\x110 for an extended period of t...
330
Important - Important!
331
BlockTitle - Important!
331
Para - When towing the vehicle, please, note the following:
331
Para - With the automatic central locking activated and the electronic key in starter switch posi...
331
Para - To prevent the vehicle door locks from locking, deactivate the automatic central locking. See
331
Para - Towing of the vehicle should only be done using the properly installed towing eye bolt. Ne...
331
Bold - Towing of the vehicle should only be done using the properly installed towing eye bolt. Ne...
331
Note - Notes:
331
BlockTitle - Notes:
331
Para - The selector lever will remain locked in position\x11
331
Para - Transmission selector lever, manually unlocking, see page\x11
331
OrderedList - <GRAPHIK>
331
Item - <GRAPHIK>
331
Graphic - <GRAPHIK>
331
Marker - P88.20-0408-26
331
Para - To remove cover: Press mark on cover in direction of arrow and lift cover off to reveal th...
331
Para - To reinstall cover: Fit cover and snap into place.
331
OrderedList - <GRAPHIK>
332
Item - <GRAPHIK>
332
Graphic - <GRAPHIK>
332
Marker - P88.20-0410-26
332
Para - To remove cover: Press mark on cover in direction of arrow and lift cover off to reveal th...
332
Para - To reinstall cover: Fit cover and snap into place.
332
Para - We recommend that the vehicle be transported using flat bed equipment. This method is pref...
332
Important - Important!
332
BlockTitle - Important!
332
Para - To prevent damage during transport, do not tie down vehicle by its chassis or suspension p...
332
Bold - To prevent damage during transport, do not tie down vehicle by its chassis or suspension p...
332
Para - Towing restrictions for vehicles with automatic transmission:
332
Para - The vehicle may be towed with all wheels on the ground and the selector lever in position
332
Para - To be certain to avoid a possibility of damage to the transmission, however, we recommend ...
332
Para - Do not tow with sling-type equipment. Towing with sling-type equipment over bumpy roads wi...
332
Para - Use wheel lift, dolly, or flat bed equipment, with electronic key in starter switch turned...
333
Note - Note:
333
BlockTitle - Note:
333
Para - To signal turns while being towed with hazard warning flasher in use, turn electronic key ...
333
Para - Upon canceling the turn signal, the hazard warning flasher will operate again.
333
Caution - Caution!
333
BlockTitle - Caution!
333
Para - If the vehicle is towed with the front axle raised, the engine must be shut off (electroni...
333
Para - Switch off the tow-away alarm (see page\x11
333
Subsection - Transmission selector lever, manually unlocking
334
Title - Transmission selector lever, manually unlocking
334
Marker - Transmission selector lever, manually unlocking
334
Figure - <GRAPHIK>
334
Para - In the case of power failure the transmission selector lever can be manually unlocked, e.g...
334
Para - To do so, open storage compartment in front of center armrest.
334
Para - Using a small coin, release the coin holder\x11(1) and swing it aside.
334
Para - Insert a tool\x11(2), e.g. the screw driver, into the opening below the coin holder. While pu...
334
Para - After removal of the tool from the opening, reinstall the coin holder.
334
Para - The selector lever is locked again when moving it to position\x11
334
Section - Exterior lamps
335
Title - Exterior lamps
335
Marker - Exterior lamps
335
Subsection - Headlamp adjustment
335
Title - Headlamp adjustment
335
Para - Correct headlamp adjustment is extremely important. Check and readjust headlamps at regula...
335
Warning - <TABELLE>
335
TBody - <TABELLENHAUPTTEXT>
335
Row - <TABELLENREIHE>
335
Entry - Warning!
335
Para - Warning!
335
Para - Bulbs and bulb holders can be very hot. Allow the lamp to cool down before changing a bulb.
335
Para - Halogen lamps contain pressurized gas. A bulb can explode if you:
335
ItemizedList - • touch or move it when hot,
335
Item - • touch or move it when hot,
335
Item - • drop the bulb,
335
Item - • scratch the bulb.
335
Row - <TABELLENREIHE>
335
Entry - Wear eye and hand protection.
335
Para - Wear eye and hand protection.
335
Subsection - Replacing bulbs
335
Title - Replacing bulbs
335
Marker - Replacing bulbs
335
Warning - <TABELLE>
335
TBody - <TABELLENHAUPTTEXT>
335
Row - <TABELLENREIHE>
335
Entry - Warning!
335
Para - Warning!
335
Para - Because of high voltage in Xenon lamps, it is dangerous to replace the bulb or repair the ...
335
Note - Notes:
335
BlockTitle - Notes:
335
Para - To prevent a possible electrical short circuit, switch off lamp prior to replacing a bulb.
335
Para - When replacing bulbs, install only 12 volt bulbs with the specified watt rating.
335
Para - When replacing halogen bulbs do not touch glass portion of bulb with bare hands. Use plain...
335
Para - If the newly installed bulb does not light up, switch the lamp off and on again. If the bu...
335
Subsection - P82.10-0912-26
336
Title - P82.10-0912-26
336
Marker - P82.10-0912-26
336
Figure - <GRAPHIK>
336
OrderedList - 1 Headlamp cover for low beam headlamp
336
Item - 1 Headlamp cover for low beam headlamp
336
Item - 2 Headlamp cover for parking and standing lamp, and high beam headlamp
336
Subsection - P82.10-0913-26
336
Title - P82.10-0913-26
336
Marker - P82.10-0913-26
336
Figure - <GRAPHIK>
336
OrderedList - 3 Bulb socket for turn signal lamp
336
Item - 3 Bulb socket for turn signal lamp
336
Item - 4 Electrical connector for low beam headlamp bulb (Halogen type)
336
Item - 5 Electrical connector for high beam headlamp bulb
336
Item - 6 Bulb socket for parking and standing lamp
336
Subsection - Exterior lamps:Bulbs for high and low beam
337
Title - Exterior lamps:Bulbs for high and low beam
337
Marker - Exterior lamps:Bulbs for high and low beam
337
Para - Open hood.
337
Para - Press the clamp and remove headlamp cover\x11(1\x11or\x112).
337
Para - Pull electrical connector off.
337
Para - Unclip the retainer spring and take out the bulb.
337
Para - Insert the new bulb so that the base locates in the recess on the holder.
337
Para - Clip in retainer springs and plug the connector onto the bulb.
337
Para - Align headlamp cover (1\x11or\x112) and click into place.
337
Para - Xenon
337
Bold - Xenon
337
Warning - <TABELLE>
337
TBody - <TABELLENHAUPTTEXT>
337
Row - <TABELLENREIHE>
337
Entry - Warning!
337
Para - Warning!
337
Para - Because of high voltage in Xenon lamps, it is dangerous to replace the bulb or repair the ...
337
Subsection - Exterior lamps:Turn signal lamp
337
Title - Exterior lamps:Turn signal lamp
337
Marker - Exterior lamps:Turn signal lamp
337
Para - Open hood.
337
Para - Twist bulb socket (3) counterclockwise and pull out. Push bulb into socket, turn countercl...
337
Para - Insert new bulb in socket, push in and twist clockwise. Reinstall bulb socket.
337
Subsection - Exterior lamps:Parking and standing lamp
337
Title - Exterior lamps:Parking and standing lamp
337
Marker - Exterior lamps:Parking and standing lamp
337
Para - Open hood.
337
Para - Press the clamp and remove headlamp cover\x11(2).
337
Para - Pull out bulb socket (6). Remove bulb from socket.
337
Para - Insert new bulb in socket and push in. Reinstall bulb socket.
337
Para - Align headlamp cover (2) and click into place.
337
Subsection - P82.10-0917-26
338
Title - P82.10-0917-26
338
Marker - P82.10-0917-26
338
Figure - <GRAPHIK>
338
Para - Open trunk lid.
338
Para - Fold trim to the side.
338
Para - Turn locking lever (1) to vertical position and remove bulb carrier.
338
Para - Push bulb into socket, turn counterclockwise and remove.
338
Para - Insert new bulb in socket, push in and twist clockwise. Reinstall bulb socket.
338
Para - Reinstall trim.
338
Subsection -
338
Title -
338
Figure - <GRAPHIK>
338
OrderedList - 2 Driver’s side: \x12rear fog lamp (P 21 W/32 cp bulb)
338
Item - 2 Driver’s side: \x12rear fog lamp (P 21 W/32 cp bulb)
338
Item - 3 Backup lamp (P 21 W\x12/\x1232 cp bulb)
338
Item - 4 Stop lamp (P 21 W/32 cp bulb)
338
Item - 5 Turn signal lamp (PY 21 W bulb [yellow])
338
Item - 6 \x12tail, parking, standing and side marker\x12 lamp (R 5 W\x12/\x124 cp bulb)
338
Subsection - P82.10-2199-26
339
Title - P82.10-2199-26
339
Marker - P82.10-2199-26
339
Figure - <GRAPHIK>
339
Para - Loosen both securing screws\x11(1), remove lamp and replace tubular lamp (C 5 W/4 cp).
339
Subsection - Exterior lamps:High mounted stop lamp
339
Title - Exterior lamps:High mounted stop lamp
339
Marker - Exterior lamps:High mounted stop lamp
339
Para - The high mounted stop lamp (3rd brake lamp), and the additional turn signals on the exteri...
339
Para - Have the system checked at an authorized Mercedes\x15Benz Center if a malfunction occurs.
339
Section - Standby bulb function
340
Title - Standby bulb function
340
Marker - Standby bulb function
340
Para - a) The stop lamps, dimmed, will act as a replacement lamp, if one taillamp stops working.
340
Para - b) The left stop lamp acts as a replacement for the rear fog lamp, if it stops working.
340
Para - c) The respective fog lamp, dimmed, will act as a replacement lamp, if the left or right s...
340
Note - Notes:
340
BlockTitle - Notes:
340
Para - The multifunction display will indicate that a bulb has failed. See malfunction and warnin...
340
Section - Trunk lamp
340
Title - Trunk lamp
340
Marker - Trunk lamp
340
Para - The trunk lamp will switch off after approximately 10\x11minutes if the trunk lid is left open.
340
Section - Electronic main key:Changing batteries
341
Title - Electronic main key:Changing batteries
341
Marker - Electronic main key:Changing batteries
341
Figure - <GRAPHIK>
341
OrderedList - 1 Transmit buttons
341
Item - 1 Transmit buttons
341
Item - 2 Lamp for battery check and function control
341
Subsection - Checking batteries
341
Title - Checking batteries
341
Para - If one of the transmit buttons\x11(1) is pressed, the battery check lamp\x11(2) lights up briefl...
341
Para - Change batteries if the battery check lamp\x11(2) does not light up briefly.
341
Subsection - P80.30-2062-26 (2c)
341
Title - P80.30-2062-26 (2c)
341
Marker - P80.30-2062-26 (2c)
341
Figure - <GRAPHIK>
341
Subtitle - Changing batteries
341
Bold - Changing batteries
341
Para - Move locking tab\x11(3) in direction of right arrow and remove mechanical key\x11(4, left arrow).
341
Para - <GRAPHIK>
342
Graphic - <GRAPHIK>
342
Marker - P80.30-2063-26 (2c)
342
Para - Remove mechanical key from side opening.
342
Para - Carefully remove battery compartment in direction of arrow\x11(6).
342
Para - P80.xx-xxxx-26
342
Marker - P80.xx-xxxx-26
342
Graphic - <GRAPHIK>
342
Para - Return battery compartment into housing until locked in place and slide mechanical key bac...
342
Important - Important!
343
BlockTitle - Important!
343
Para - Batteries contain materials that can harm the environment if disposed of improperly. Recyc...
343
Para - Replacement Battery: Lithium, type CR\x112025 or equivalent.
343
Subsection - Electronic main key:Synchronizing remote control
343
Title - Electronic main key:Synchronizing remote control
343
Marker - Electronic main key:Synchronizing remote control
343
Para - The remote control may have to be resynchronized, if the vehicle cannot be locked or unloc...
343
Para - To synchronize insert electronic key in starter switch.
343
Para - The remote control should once again be operational.
343
Section - Emergency engine shut-down
343
Title - Emergency engine shut-down
343
Marker - Emergency engine shut-down
343
Para - If the engine can no longer be stopped using the electronic key, the engine can be turned ...
343
Para - For easy removal of fuses use the fuse extractor (located in the auxiliary fuse box in the...
343
Para - The fuse chart is located in the fuse box in the passenger compartment.
343
Para - For fuses see page\x11
343
Section - Fuel filler flap, manual release
344
Title - Fuel filler flap, manual release
344
Marker - Fuel filler flap, manual release
344
Figure - <GRAPHIK>
344
Para - Open the trunk lid and fold right-side taillamp trim aside. Reach inside and pull the rele...
344
Section - Emergency operation of sliding/pop-up roof
344
Title - Emergency operation of sliding/pop-up roof
344
Marker - Emergency operation of sliding/pop-up roof
344
Figure - <GRAPHIK>
344
Para - The sliding\x12/\x12pop-up roof can be opened or closed manually should an electrical malfunctio...
344
Para - The sliding\x12/\x12pop-up roof drive is located behind the lens\x11(1) of the interior overhead li...
344
Para - <GRAPHIK>
345
Graphic - <GRAPHIK>
345
Note - Note:
345
BlockTitle - Note:
345
Para - Do not disconnect electrical connectors.
345
Para - Obtain crank (3) (supplied with vehicle) and insert through hole.
345
Para - To slide roof closed or to raise the roof at the rear: turn crank clockwise.
345
Para - To slide the roof open or to lower the roof at the rear: turn crank counterclockwise.
345
Para - See page\x11
345
Section - Replacing wiper blade insert
346
Title - Replacing wiper blade insert
346
Marker - Replacing wiper blade insert
346
Para - For safety reasons, remove electronic key from steering lock before replacing the wiper bl...
346
Note - Notes:
346
BlockTitle - Notes:
346
Para - Do not open engine hood with wiper arm folded forward.
346
Para - Do not allow the wiper arm to contact the windshield glass without a wiper blade inserted....
346
Para - Make certain that the wiper blades are properly installed. Improperly installed wiper blad...
346
Para - <GRAPHIK>
346
Graphic - <GRAPHIK>
346
Marker - P82.30-0333-26
346
Para - Fold wiper arm forward. Press safety tab down\x11(1), push wiper blade downward\x11(2) and remove.
346
Subsection - P82.30-2037-26
347
Title - P82.30-2037-26
347
Marker - P82.30-2037-26
347
Figure - <GRAPHIK>
347
Para - Place wiper blade on firm support. Press down both tabs and slide (direction of arrow) the...
347
Para - Installation:
347
Para - Slide (direction of arrow) wiper blade insert into retainer claws until tabs are engaged.
347
Para - Slide wiper blade onto wiper arm until it locks in place.
347
Section - Roof rack
347
Title - Roof rack
347
Marker - Roof rack
347
Figure - <GRAPHIK>
347
Para - Only mount roof racks to the fastening bolts (see arrows) located under the door weatherst...
347
Para - Use only those roof racks approved by Mercedes-Benz to avoid damage to the vehicle. Follow...
347
ToC - Contents - Vehicle care
348
Title - Contents - Vehicle care
348
Marker - Contents - Vehicle care
348
ToCEntry - Cleaning and care of the vehicle 340
348
ToCEntry - Power washer 341
348
ToCSubEntry - Power washer 341
348
ToCSubEntry - Tar stains 341
348
ToCSubEntry - Paintwork, painted body components 341
348
ToCSubEntry - Engine cleaning 342
348
ToCSubEntry - Vehicle washing 342
348
ToCSubEntry - Ornamental moldings 343
348
ToCSubEntry - Headlamps, taillamps, turn signal lenses 343
348
ToCSubEntry - Window cleaning 343
348
ToCSubEntry - Wiper blade 343
348
ToCSubEntry - Light alloy wheels 344
348
ToCSubEntry - Instrument cluster 344
348
ToCSubEntry - Steering wheel and gear selector lever 344
348
ToCSubEntry - Cup holder 344
348
ToCSubEntry - Seat belts 345
348
ToCSubEntry - Headliner and shelf below rear window 345
348
ToCSubEntry - Leather upholstery 345
348
ToCSubEntry - Hard plastic trim items 345
348
ToCSubEntry - Plastic and rubber parts 345
348
Part - Vehicle care
349
Section - Vehicle care
349
Title - Vehicle care
349
Hypertext - Vehicle care
349
Marker - Cleaning and care of the vehicle
349
Warning - <TABELLE>
349
TBody - <TABELLENHAUPTTEXT>
349
Row - <TABELLENREIHE>
349
Entry - Warning!
349
Para - Warning!
349
Para - Many cleaning products can be hazardous. Some are poisonous, others are flammable. Always ...
349
Row - <TABELLENREIHE>
349
Entry - Never use fluids or solvents that are not designed for cleaning your vehicle.
349
Para - Never use fluids or solvents that are not designed for cleaning your vehicle.
349
Para - In operation, your vehicle is subjected to varying external influences which, if gone unch...
349
Para - Such damage is caused not only by extreme and varying climatic conditions, but also by air...
349
Para - More frequent washings are necessary to deal with unfavorable conditions; for example, nea...
349
Para - You should check your vehicle from time to time for stone chipping or other damage. Any da...
349
Para - In doing so, do not neglect the underside of the vehicle. A prerequisite for a thorough ch...
349
Para - Your vehicle has been treated at the factory with a wax- base rustproofing in the body cav...
349
Para - We have selected car-care products and compiled recommendations which are specially matche...
349
Para - Scratches, corrosive deposits, corrosion or damage due to negligent or incorrect care cann...
350
Para - The following topics deal with the cleaning and care of your vehicle and give important
350
Para - Additional information can be found in the booklet titled
350
Subsection - Power washer
350
Title - Power washer
350
Marker - Power washer
350
Para - When using a power washer for cleaning the vehicle always observe manufacturer’s operating...
350
Caution - Caution!
350
BlockTitle - Caution!
350
Para - Never use a round nozzle to power wash tires. The intense jet of water can result in damag...
350
Para - Always replace a damaged tire.
350
Para - Always keep the jet of water moving across the surface. Do not aim directly at electrical ...
350
Subsection - Tar stains
350
Title - Tar stains
350
Marker - Tar stains
350
Para - Quickly remove tar stains before they dry and become more difficult to remove. A tar remov...
350
Subsection - Paintwork, painted body components
350
Title - Paintwork, painted body components
350
Marker - Paintwork, painted body components
350
Para - Mercedes-Benz approved Paint Care should be applied when water drops on the paint surface ...
350
Para - Mercedes-Benz approved Paint Cleaner should be applied if paint surface shows signs of dir...
350
Para - Do not apply any of these products or wax if your vehicle is parked in the sun or if the h...
350
Para - Use the appropriate MB-Touch-Up Stick for quick and provisional repairs of minor paint dam...
350
Subsection - Engine cleaning
351
Title - Engine cleaning
351
Marker - Engine cleaning
351
Para - Prior to cleaning the engine compartment make sure to protect electrical components and co...
351
Para - Corrosion protection, such as MB Anticorrosion Wax should be applied to the engine compart...
351
Subsection - Vehicle washing
351
Title - Vehicle washing
351
Marker - Vehicle washing
351
Para - Do not use hot water or wash your vehicle in direct sunlight. Use only a mild car wash det...
351
Para - Thoroughly spray the vehicle with a diffused jet of water. Direct only a very weak spray t...
351
Para - Rinse with clear water and thoroughly wipe dry with a chamois. Do not allow cleaning agent...
351
Para - Due to the width of the vehicle, prior to running the vehicle through an automatic car was...
351
Para - In the winter, thoroughly remove all traces of road salt as soon as possible.
351
Para - When washing the underbody, do not forget to clean the inner sides of the wheels.
351
Subsection - Ornamental moldings
352
Title - Ornamental moldings
352
Marker - Ornamental moldings
352
Para - For regular cleaning and care of very dirty chrome- plated parts, use a chrome cleaner.
352
Subsection - Headlamps, taillamps, turn signal lenses
352
Title - Headlamps, taillamps, turn signal lenses
352
Marker - Headlamps, taillamps, turn signal lenses
352
Para - Use a mild car wash detergent, such as Mercedes-Benz approved Car Shampoo, with plenty of ...
352
Para - To prevent scratches, never apply strong force and use only a soft, non\x15scratchy cloth whe...
352
Subsection - Window cleaning
352
Title - Window cleaning
352
Marker - Window cleaning
352
Para - Use a window cleaning solution on all glass surfaces. An automotive glass cleaner is recom...
352
Note - Note:
352
BlockTitle - Note:
352
Para - For safety reasons, switch off wipers and remove electronic key from starter switch before...
352
Subsection - Wiper blade
352
Title - Wiper blade
352
Marker - Wiper blade
352
Para - Clean the wiper blade rubbers with a clean cloth and detergent solution.
352
Note - Note:
352
BlockTitle - Note:
352
Para - For safety reasons, remove electronic key from starter switch before cleaning the wiper bl...
352
Subsection - Light alloy wheels
353
Title - Light alloy wheels
353
Marker - Light alloy wheels
353
Para - Mercedes-Benz approved Wheel Care should be used for regular cleaning of the light alloy w...
353
Para - If possible, clean wheels once a week with Mercedes\x15 Benz approved Wheel Care, using a sof...
353
Para - Follow instructions on container.
353
Note - Note:
353
BlockTitle - Note:
353
Para - Use only acid-free cleaning materials. The acid could lead to corrosion.
353
Subsection - Instrument cluster
353
Title - Instrument cluster
353
Marker - Instrument cluster
353
Para - Use a gentle dishwashing detergent or mild detergent for delicate fabrics as a washing sol...
353
Subsection - Steering wheel and gear selector lever
353
Title - Steering wheel and gear selector lever
353
Marker - Steering wheel and gear selector lever
353
Para - Wipe with a damp cloth and dry thoroughly or clean with Mercedes-Benz approved Leather Care.
353
Subsection - Cup holder
353
Title - Cup holder
353
Marker - Cup holder
353
Para - Use a gentle dishwashing detergent or mild detergent for delicate fabrics as a washing sol...
353
Subsection - Seat belts
354
Title - Seat belts
354
Marker - Seat belts
354
Para - The webbing must not be treated with chemical cleaning agents. Use only clear, lukewarm wa...
354
Warning - <TABELLE>
354
TBody - <TABELLENHAUPTTEXT>
354
Row - <TABELLENREIHE>
354
Entry - Warning!
354
Para - Warning!
354
Para - Do not bleach or dye seat belts as this may severely weaken them. In a crash they may not ...
354
Subsection - Headliner and shelf below rear window
354
Title - Headliner and shelf below rear window
354
Marker - Headliner and shelf below rear window
354
Para - Clean with soft bristle brush, or use a dry-shampoo cleaner in case of excessive dirt.
354
Subsection - Leather upholstery
354
Title - Leather upholstery
354
Marker - Leather upholstery
354
Para - Using aftermarket seat covers or wearing clothing that have the tendency to give off color...
354
Para - Leather Upholstery Wipe leather upholstery with a damp cloth and dry thoroughly or clean w...
354
Para - MB Tex Upholstery Pour Mercedes-Benz approved Interior Care onto soft lint-free cloth and ...
354
Subsection - Hard plastic trim items
354
Title - Hard plastic trim items
354
Marker - Hard plastic trim items
354
Para - Pour Mercedes-Benz approved Interior Care onto soft lint-free cloth and apply with light p...
354
Subsection - Plastic and rubber parts
354
Title - Plastic and rubber parts
354
Marker - Plastic and rubber parts
354
Para - Do not use oil or wax on these parts.
354
ToC - Contents - Technical data
356
Title - Contents - Technical data
356
Marker - Contents - Technical data
356
ToCEntry - Spare parts service 348
356
ToCEntry - Warranty coverage 348
356
ToCEntry - Identification labels 349
356
ToCEntry - Layout of poly-V-belt drive 350
356
ToCEntry - Technical data 351
356
ToCEntry - Fuels, coolants, lubricants etc. - capacities 355
356
ToCEntry - Engine oils 357
356
ToCEntry - Engine oil additives 357
356
ToCEntry - Air conditioner refrigerant 357
356
ToCEntry - Brake fluid 357
356
ToCEntry - Premium unleaded gasoline 358
356
ToCEntry - Fuel requirements 358
356
ToCEntry - Gasoline additives 359
356
ToCEntry - Coolants 359
356
ToCEntry - Consumer information 361
356
ToCEntry - Uniform tire quality grading 361
356
Part - Technical data
357
Section - Technical data
357
Title - Technical data
357
Hypertext - Technical data
357
Marker - Technical data
357
Para - All authorized Mercedes-Benz Centers maintain a stock of original spare parts required for...
357
Para - More than 300\x11000 different spare parts, for Mercedes\x15Benz models, are available.
357
Para - Mercedes-Benz original spare parts are subjected to stringent quality inspections. Each pa...
357
Para - Therefore, Mercedes-Benz original spare parts should be installed.
357
Important - Important!
357
BlockTitle - Important!
357
Para - The use of non-genuine parts and accessories not authorized by Mercedes-Benz could damage ...
357
Section - Warranty coverage
357
Title - Warranty coverage
357
Marker - Warranty coverage
357
Para - Your vehicle is covered under the terms of the
357
OrderedList - 1. New vehicle limited warranty
357
Item - 1. New vehicle limited warranty
357
Item - 2. Emission systems warranty
357
Item - 3. Emission performance warranty
357
Item - 4. California, Massachusetts, and Vermont emission control systems warranty
357
Para - Replacement parts and accessories are covered by the Mercedes-Benz Spare Parts and Accesso...
357
Subsection - Loss of Service and Warranty Information Booklet
357
Title - Loss of Service and Warranty Information Booklet
357
Para - Should you lose your Service and Warranty Information booklet, have your authorized Merced...
357
Section - Identification labels
358
Title - Identification labels
358
Marker - Identification labels
358
Figure - <GRAPHIK>
358
OrderedList - 1 Certification label
358
Item - 1 Certification label
358
Subsection -
358
Title -
358
Figure - <GRAPHIK>
358
OrderedList - P60.00-2054-26
358
Item - P60.00-2054-26
358
Marker - P60.00-2054-26
358
Subsection -
359
Title -
359
Figure - <GRAPHIK>
359
OrderedList - 3 VIN, visible (lower edge of windshield)
359
Item - 3 VIN, visible (lower edge of windshield)
359
Item - P61.20-2009-26
359
Marker - P61.20-2009-26
359
Item - 5 Emission control label
359
Item - 6 Information label, California version Vacuum line routing for emission control system
359
Para - When ordering spare parts, please specify vehicle identification and engine numbers.
359
Section - P13.22-2008-26
359
Title - P13.22-2008-26
359
Marker - P13.22-2008-26
359
Figure - <GRAPHIK>
359
OrderedList - 1 Automatic belt tensioner
359
Item - 1 Automatic belt tensioner
359
Item - 2 Crankshaft
359
Item - 3 Air conditioner compressor
359
Item - 4 Generator (alternator)
359
Item - 5 Idler pulley
359
Item - 6 Power steering pump
359
Item - 7 Coolant pump, fan
359
Section - Technical data
360
Title - Technical data
360
Marker - Technical data
360
Table - <TABELLE>
360
THead - <TABELLENKOPFZEILE>
360
Row - <TABELLENREIHE>
360
Entry - Model
360
Bold - Model
360
Entry - C 240 (203.0611)
360
Bold - C 240
360
Entry - C 320 (203.0641)
360
Bold - C 320
360
TBody - <TABELLENHAUPTTEXT>
360
Row - <TABELLENREIHE>
360
Entry - Engine
360
Bold - Engine
360
Entry - 112.912
360
Entry - 112.946
360
Row - <TABELLENREIHE>
360
Entry - Mode of operation
360
Entry - 4-stroke engine, gasoline injection
360
Entry - 4-stroke engine, gasoline injection
360
Row - <TABELLENREIHE>
360
Entry - No. of cylinders
360
Entry - 6
360
Entry - 6
360
Row - <TABELLENREIHE>
360
Entry - Bore
360
Entry - 3.54\x11in (89.90\x11mm)
360
Entry - 3.54\x11in (89.90\x11mm)
360
Row - <TABELLENREIHE>
360
Entry - Stroke
360
Entry - 2.68\x11in (68.20\x11mm)
360
Entry - 3.30\x11in (84.00\x11mm)
360
Row - <TABELLENREIHE>
360
Entry - Total piston displacement
360
Entry - 158,5\x11cu.in. (2597\x11cm3)
360
Entry - 195.2\x11cu.in. (3199\x11cm3)
360
Row - <TABELLENREIHE>
360
Entry - Compression ratio
360
Entry - 10:1
360
Entry - 10:1
360
Row - <TABELLENREIHE>
360
Entry - Output acc. to SAE J 1349
360
Entry - 167\x11hp/6000\x11rpm (125\x11kW/6000\x11rpm)
360
Entry - 221\x11hp/5600\x11rpm (165\x11kW/5600\x11rpm)
360
Row - <TABELLENREIHE>
360
Entry - Maximum torque acc. to SAE J 1349
360
Entry - 130\x11ft.lb/4500\x11rpm (240\x11Nm/4500\x11rpm)
360
Entry - 232\x11ft.lb/3000\x11rpm (315\x11Nm/3000\x11rpm)
360
Row - <TABELLENREIHE>
360
Entry - Maximum engine speed
360
Entry - 6200 rpm
360
Entry - 6000 rpm
360
Row - <TABELLENREIHE>
360
Entry - Firing order
360
Entry - 1-4-3-6-2-5
360
Entry - 1-4-3-6-2-5
360
Row - <TABELLENREIHE>
360
Entry - Poly-V-belt
360
Entry - 2390 mm
360
Entry - 2390 mm
360
Row - <TABELLENREIHE>
360
Entry -
360
Entry -
360
Entry -
360
Row - <TABELLENREIHE>
360
Entry - 1 The quoted data apply only to the standard vehicle. See an authorized Mercedes-Benz Cen...
360
Footnote - 1 The quoted data apply only to the standard vehicle. See an authorized Mercedes-Benz ...
360
Subsection - Rims — Tires
361
Title - Rims — Tires
361
Table - <TABELLE>
361
THead - <TABELLENKOPFZEILE>
361
Row - <TABELLENREIHE>
361
Entry - Model
361
Bold - Model
361
Entry - C 240 (203.061)
361
Bold - C 240
361
Entry - C 320 (203.064)
361
Bold - C 320
361
Entry - C 240 (Canada only – incl. spare wheel)
361
TBody - <TABELLENHAUPTTEXT>
361
Row - <TABELLENREIHE>
361
Entry - Rims (light alloy) Wheel offset:
361
Entry - 7J\x11x\x1116\x11H2 1.46 in (37 mm)
361
Entry - 7J\x11x\x1116\x11H2 1.46 in (37 mm)
361
Entry - (steel rims) 61/2 J x 16 H2 1.46 in (37 mm)
361
Row - <TABELLENREIHE>
361
Entry - All season tires: Radial-ply tires
361
Entry - 205/55\x11R16\x1191 H
361
Entry - 205/55\x11R16\x1191 H
361
Entry - 205/55 R 16 91 H
361
Row - <TABELLENREIHE>
361
Entry - Winter tires: Radial-ply tires
361
S
361
S
361
S
361
Row - <TABELLENREIHE>
361
Entry -
361
Entry -
361
Entry -
361
Entry -
361
Row - <TABELLENREIHE>
361
Entry - Spare wheel
361
Bold - Spare wheel
361
Entry -
361
Entry -
361
Entry -
361
Row - <TABELLENREIHE>
361
Entry - Rim (light alloy) Wheel offset:
361
Entry - 7J\x11x\x1116\x11H2 1.46 in (37 mm)
361
Entry - 7J\x11x\x1116\x11H2 1.46 in (37 mm)
361
Entry -
361
Row - <TABELLENREIHE>
361
Entry - All season tires: Radial-ply tires
361
Entry - 205/55\x11R16\x1191 H
361
Entry - 205/55\x11R16\x1191 H
361
Entry -
361
Subsection - Electrical system
362
Title - Electrical system
362
Table - <TABELLE>
362
THead - <TABELLENKOPFZEILE>
362
Row - <TABELLENREIHE>
362
Entry - Model
362
Bold - Model
362
Entry - C 240 (203.061)
362
Bold - C 240
362
Entry - C 320 (203.064)
362
Bold - C 320
362
TBody - <TABELLENHAUPTTEXT>
362
Row - <TABELLENREIHE>
362
Entry - Generator (alternator)
362
Entry - 14 V/120 A
362
Entry - 14 V/120 A
362
Row - <TABELLENREIHE>
362
Entry - Starter motor
362
Entry - 12V/1.7 kW
362
Entry - 12V/1.7 kW
362
Row - <TABELLENREIHE>
362
Entry - Battery
362
Entry - 12V/100 Ah
362
Entry - 12V/100 Ah
362
Row - <TABELLENREIHE>
362
Entry - Spark plugs Electrode gap Tightening torque
362
Entry - Bosch F 8 DPER Beru 14 FGH 8 DPUR X 2 NGK IFR 5 D 10 0.039\x11in (1.0\x11mm) 15\x11–\x1122\x11ft.lb (20\x11...
362
Entry - Bosch F 8 DPER Beru 14 FGH 8 DPUR X 2 NGK IFR 5 D 10 0.039\x11in (1.0\x11mm) 15\x11–\x1122\x11ft.lb (20\x11...
362
Subsection - Weights
362
Title - Weights
362
Table - <TABELLE>
362
TBody - <TABELLENHAUPTTEXT>
362
Row - <TABELLENREIHE>
362
Entry - Roof load max.
362
Entry - 220\x11lb (100\x11kg)
362
Row - <TABELLENREIHE>
362
Entry - Trunk load max.
362
Entry - 220\x11lb (100\x11kg)
362
Subsection - Main Dimensions
363
Title - Main Dimensions
363
Table - <TABELLE>
363
THead - <TABELLENKOPFZEILE>
363
Row - <TABELLENREIHE>
363
Entry - Model
363
Bold - Model
363
Entry - C 240 (203.061) C 320 (203.064)
363
Bold - C 240
363
TBody - <TABELLENHAUPTTEXT>
363
Row - <TABELLENREIHE>
363
Entry - Overall vehicle length
363
Entry - 178.2 in (4526 mm)
363
Row - <TABELLENREIHE>
363
Entry - Overall vehicle width
363
Entry - 68.0 in (1728 mm)
363
Row - <TABELLENREIHE>
363
Entry - Overall vehicle height
363
Entry - 56.1 in (1426 mm)
363
Row - <TABELLENREIHE>
363
Entry - Wheel base
363
Entry - 106.9 in (2715 mm)
363
Row - <TABELLENREIHE>
363
Entry - Track, front
363
Entry - 59.3 in (1505 mm)
363
Row - <TABELLENREIHE>
363
Entry - Track, rear
363
Entry - 58.1 in (1476 mm)
363
Section - Fuels, coolants, lubricants etc. - capacities
364
Title - Fuels, coolants, lubricants etc. - capacities
364
Marker - Fuels, coolants, lubricants etc. - capacities
364
Para -
364
Table - <TABELLE>
364
TBody - <TABELLENHAUPTTEXT>
364
Row - <TABELLENREIHE>
364
Entry - Vehicle components and their respective lubricants must match. Therefore use only brands ...
364
Table - <TABELLE>
364
THead - <TABELLENKOPFZEILE>
364
Row - <TABELLENREIHE>
364
Entry -
364
Entry - Capacity
364
Bold - Capacity
364
Entry - Fuels, coolants, lubricants etc.
364
Bold - Fuels, coolants, lubricants etc.
364
TBody - <TABELLENHAUPTTEXT>
364
Row - <TABELLENREIHE>
364
Entry - Engine with oil filter
364
Entry - 8.5 US qt (8.0 l)
364
Entry - Recommended engine oils
364
Row - <TABELLENREIHE>
364
Entry - Automatic transmission
364
Entry - 8.5 US qt (8.0 l)
364
Entry - Automatic transmission fluid
364
Row - <TABELLENREIHE>
364
Entry - Rear axle
364
Entry - 1.2 US qt (1.1 l)
364
Entry - Hypoid gear oil SAE 85 W 90
364
Row - <TABELLENREIHE>
364
Entry - Power steering
364
Entry - approx. 1.1 US qt (1.0 l)
364
Entry - MB Power steering fluid
364
Row - <TABELLENREIHE>
364
Entry - Front wheel hubs
364
Entry - approx. 2.1 oz (60 g) each
364
Entry - High temperature roller bearing grease
364
Row - <TABELLENREIHE>
364
Entry - Accelerator control linkage
364
Entry -
364
Entry - Hydraulic fluid
364
Row - <TABELLENREIHE>
364
Entry - Brake system
364
Entry - approx. 0.5 US qt (0.5 l)
364
)
364
Row - <TABELLENREIHE>
364
Entry - Cooling system
364
Entry - approx. 9.5 US qt (10.5 l)
364
Entry - MB Anticorrosion\x12/\x12antifreeze
364
Row - <TABELLENREIHE>
364
Entry - Fuel tank including a reserve of
364
Entry - 16.4 US gal (62.0 l) 2.1 US gal (8.0 l)
364
Entry - Premium unleaded gasoline: Posted Octane 91 (Avg. of 96 RON\x12/\x1286 MON)
364
Row - <TABELLENREIHE>
364
Entry -
364
Entry -
364
Entry -
364
Row - <TABELLENREIHE>
365
Entry - Air conditioner system
365
Entry -
365
Entry - R-134a refrigerant and special PAG lubricant (Never R-12)
365
Row - <TABELLENREIHE>
365
Entry - Windshield washer and headlamp cleaning system
365
Entry - Vehicles without headlamp cleaning system: Capacity approx. 3.2 US qt (3.0 l)
365
Para - Vehicles without headlamp cleaning system: Capacity approx. 3.2 US qt (3.0 l)
365
Para - Vehicles with headlamp cleaning system: Capacity approx. 6.4 US qt (6.0 l)
365
Entry - MB Windshield washer concentrate1
365
Row - <TABELLENREIHE>
365
Entry - 1 Use MB Windshield Washer Concentrate “S” and water for temperatures above freezing or M...
365
Footnote - 1 Use MB Windshield Washer Concentrate “S” and water for temperatures above freezing o...
365
Section - Engine oils
366
Title - Engine oils
366
Marker - Engine oils
366
Para - Engine oils are specifically tested for their suitability in our engines. Therefore, use o...
366
Para - Please follow Service Booklet recommendations for scheduled oil changes. Failure to do so ...
366
Section - Engine oil additives
366
Title - Engine oil additives
366
Marker - Engine oil additives
366
Para - Do not blend oil additives with engine oil. They may be harmful to the engine operation.
366
Para - Damage or malfunctions resulting from blending oil additives are not covered by the Merced...
366
Section - Air conditioner refrigerant
366
Title - Air conditioner refrigerant
366
Marker - Air conditioner refrigerant
366
Para - R-134a (HFC) refrigerant and special PAG lubricating oil is used in the air conditioner sy...
366
Para - Never use R-12 (CFC) or mineral-based lubricating oil, otherwise damage to the system will...
366
Section - Brake fluid
366
Title - Brake fluid
366
Marker - Brake fluid
366
Para - During vehicle operation, the boiling point of the brake fluid is continuously reduced thr...
366
Para - The brake fluid must therefore be replaced every two years, preferably in the spring.
366
Para - It is recommended to use only brake fluid approved by Mercedes-Benz. Your authorized Merce...
366
Section - Premium unleaded gasoline
367
Title - Premium unleaded gasoline
367
Marker - Premium unleaded gasoline
367
Caution - Caution!
367
BlockTitle - Caution!
367
Para - To maintain the engine’s durability and performance, premium unleaded gasoline must be use...
367
ItemizedList - • have the fuel tank filled only partially with unleaded regular and fill up with ...
367
Item - • have the fuel tank filled only partially with unleaded regular and fill up with premium ...
367
Item - • avoid full throttle driving and abrupt acceleration,
367
Item - • do not exceed an engine speed of 3000 rpm, if the vehicle is loaded with a light load su...
367
Item - • do not exceed
367
Section - Fuel requirements
367
Title - Fuel requirements
367
Marker - Fuel requirements
367
Para - Use only Premium unleaded meeting ASTM standard D 439:
367
Para - The octane number (posted at the pump) must be 91\x11min. It is an average of both the Resear...
367
Para - Unleaded gasoline containing oxygenates such as Ethanol, IPA, IBA and TBA can be used prov...
367
Para - The ratio of Methanol to gasoline must not exceed 3% plus additional cosolvents.
367
Para - Using mixtures of Ethanol and Methanol is not allowed. Gasohol, which contains 10% Ethanol...
367
Para - These blends must also meet all other fuel requirements such as resistance to spark knock,...
367
Section - Gasoline additives
368
Title - Gasoline additives
368
Marker - Gasoline additives
368
Para - A major concern among engine manufacturers is carbon build up caused by gasoline. Mercedes...
368
Para - After an extended period of using fuels without such additives, carbon deposits can build ...
368
ItemizedList - • warm-up hesitation,
368
Item - • warm-up hesitation,
368
Item - • unstable idle,
368
Item - • knocking\x12/\x12pinging,
368
Item - • misfire,
368
Item - • power loss.
368
Para - Do not blend other specific fuel additives with fuel. They only result in unnecessary cost...
368
Para - Damage or malfunctions resulting from poor fuel quality or from blending specific fuel add...
368
Section - Coolants
368
Title - Coolants
368
Marker - Coolants
368
Para - The engine coolant is a mixture of water and anticorrosion\x12/\x12antifreeze, which provides:
368
ItemizedList - • corrosion protection,
368
Item - • corrosion protection,
368
Item - • freeze protection,
368
Item - • boiling protection (by increasing the boiling point).
368
Para - The cooling system was filled at the factory with a coolant providing freeze protection to...
368
Para - If the antifreeze mixture is effective to - 22
368
Para - The coolant solution must be used year round to provide the necessary corrosion protection...
368
Para - To provide the important corrosion protection, the solution must be at least 45% anticorro...
368
Para - If the coolant level is low, water and MB anticorrosion\x12/ antifreeze should be used to bri...
369
Para - The water in the cooling system must meet minimum requirements, which are usually satisfie...
369
Para - Anticorrosion\x12/\x12antifreeze
369
Para - Your vehicle contains a number of aluminium parts. The use of aluminium components in moto...
369
Para - Therefore the following product is strongly recommended for use in your vehicle: Mercedes-...
369
Para - Before the start of the winter season (or once a year in the hot southern regions), you sh...
369
Para - Anticorrosion\x12/\x12antifreeze quantity
369
Table - <TABELLE>
369
THead - <TABELLENKOPFZEILE>
369
Row - <TABELLENREIHE>
369
Entry - Approximately freeze protection
369
TBody - <TABELLENHAUPTTEXT>
369
Row - <TABELLENREIHE>
369
Entry - – 35°F (– 37°C)
369
Entry - – 49°F (– 45°C)
369
Row - <TABELLENREIHE>
369
Entry - 4.8 US qt (4.5 l)
369
Entry - 5.3 US qt (5.0 l)
369
Section - Consumer information
370
Title - Consumer information
370
Marker - Consumer information
370
Para - This has been prepared as required of all manufactures of passenger cars under Title 49, C...
370
Para - Uniform tire quality grading
370
Marker - Uniform tire quality grading
370
Bold - Uniform tire quality grading
370
Para - Quality grades can be found where applicable on the tire sidewall between tread shoulder a...
370
Para -
370
Table - <TABELLE>
370
TBody - <TABELLENHAUPTTEXT>
370
Row - <TABELLENREIHE>
370
Entry - Tread wear 200
370
Entry - Traction AA
370
Entry - Temperature A
370
Para - All passenger car tires must conform to federal safety requirements in addition to these g...
370
Para - Treadwear
370
Para - The treadwear grade is a comparative rating based on the wear rate of the tire when tested...
370
Para - Traction
370
Para - The traction grades, from highest to lowest are AA, A, B, and C. Those grades represent th...
370
Warning - <TABELLE>
370
TBody - <TABELLENHAUPTTEXT>
370
Row - <TABELLENREIHE>
370
Entry - Warning!
370
Para - Warning!
370
Para - The traction grade assigned to this tire is based on straightahead braking traction tests,...
370
Para - Temperature
371
Para - The temperature grades are A (the highest), B, and C, representing the tire‘s resistance t...
371
Para -
371
Para -
371
Warning - <TABELLE>
371
TBody - <TABELLENHAUPTTEXT>
371
Row - <TABELLENREIHE>
371
Entry -
371
Row - <TABELLENREIHE>
371
Entry - Warning!
371
Para - Warning!
371
Para - The temperature grade for this tire is established for a tire that is properly inflated an...
371
Index - Index
373
Title - Index
373
Marker - Index
373
GroupTitle - A
373
IndexEntry - Airbags 65
373
IndexEntry - ANTILOCK BRAKE SYSTEM
373
IndexEntry - Malfunction and warning message 277
373
IndexSubEntry - Malfunction and warning message 277
373
IndexEntry - Antilock brake system (ABS) 258
373
IndexEntry - Antitheft alarm system 38
373
IndexEntry - Ashtrays 199
373
IndexEntry - Audio system
373
IndexEntry - Button and soft key operation 163
373
IndexSubEntry - Button and soft key operation 163
373
IndexSubEntry - Cassette mode 169
373
IndexSubEntry - CD changer 174
373
IndexSubEntry - CD mode 173
373
IndexSubEntry - Operating and display elements 161
373
IndexSubEntry - Operating safety 160
373
IndexSubEntry - Operation 163
373
IndexSubEntry - Operation Audio and telephone 160
373
IndexSubEntry - Radio mode 166
373
IndexSubEntry - Telephone operation 177
373
IndexEntry - Audio systems 98
373
IndexEntry - Cassette player 100
373
IndexSubEntry - Cassette player 100
373
IndexSubEntry - CD Player 99
373
IndexSubEntry - Radio 98
373
IndexEntry - Automatic central locking 34
373
IndexEntry - Automatic climate control 146
373
IndexEntry - Activated charcoal filter 154
373
IndexSubEntry - Activated charcoal filter 154
373
IndexSubEntry - Adjustable air outlets, rear passenger compartment 159
373
IndexSubEntry - Air recirculation 153
373
IndexSubEntry - Air volume, manual 151
373
IndexSubEntry - Basic setting 150
373
IndexSubEntry - Defrosting 152
373
IndexSubEntry - Display and controls 148
373
IndexSubEntry - Dust filter 150
373
IndexSubEntry - Economy mode 155
373
IndexSubEntry - Front center console storage compartment ventilation 158
373
IndexSubEntry - Residual engine heat utilization 156
373
IndexSubEntry - Special settings 151
373
IndexSubEntry - Windows fogged up on the inside 152
373
IndexSubEntry - Windows fogged up on the outside 152
373
IndexEntry - Automatic transmission 234
373
IndexEntry - Fluid level 301
373
IndexSubEntry - Fluid level 301
373
IndexSubEntry - Transmission selector lever, manually unlocking 325
373
GroupTitle - B
374
IndexEntry - BabySmart
374
IndexEntry - Battery 316
374
IndexEntry - Block heater 252
374
IndexEntry - Brake assist system (BAS) 257
374
GroupTitle - C
374
IndexEntry - Cellular telephone 210
374
IndexEntry - Center console 18
374
IndexEntry - Central locking switch 33
374
IndexEntry - Central locking system 25
374
IndexEntry - Automatic central locking 34
374
IndexSubEntry - Automatic central locking 34
374
IndexSubEntry - Central locking switch 33
374
IndexSubEntry - Choosing global or selective mode 27
374
IndexSubEntry - Doors 31
374
IndexSubEntry - General notes 24
374
IndexSubEntry - Locking and unlocking with remote control 27
374
IndexSubEntry - Mechanical keys 30
374
IndexSubEntry - Obtaining replacement keys 23
374
IndexSubEntry - Summer opening/convenience feature 29
374
IndexSubEntry - Vehicle keys 22
374
IndexEntry - Check regularly and before a long trip 266
374
IndexEntry - Checking engine oil level 300
374
IndexEntry - Climate control 138
374
IndexEntry - Adjustable air outlets, rear passenger compartment 159
374
IndexSubEntry - Adjustable air outlets, rear passenger compartment 159
374
IndexSubEntry - Air recirculation 144
374
IndexSubEntry - Basic setting 142
374
IndexSubEntry - Defrosting 143
374
IndexSubEntry - Display and controls 140
374
IndexSubEntry - Dust filter 141
374
IndexSubEntry - Economy mode 145
374
IndexSubEntry - Front center console storage compartment ventilation 158
374
IndexSubEntry - Residual engine heat utilization 145
374
IndexSubEntry - Special settings 142
374
IndexSubEntry - Windows fogged up on the inside 143
374
IndexSubEntry - Windows fogged up on the outside 144
374
IndexEntry - COMAND, radio, telephone and two-way radio 218
374
IndexEntry - Combination switch 134
374
IndexEntry - Control and operation of radio transmitters 218
374
IndexEntry - Coolant level 301
374
IndexEntry - Coolant temperature gauge 124
374
IndexEntry - Cruise control 254
374
IndexEntry - Cup holder 197
374
GroupTitle - D
375
IndexEntry - Dashboard 16
375
IndexEntry - Door control panel 14
375
IndexEntry - Door entry lamps 190
375
IndexEntry - Drive sensibly - Save Fuel 244
375
GroupTitle - E
375
IndexEntry - Easy-entry/exit feature 41
375
IndexEntry - Electronic main key 23
375
IndexEntry - Changing batteries 332
375
IndexSubEntry - Changing batteries 332
375
IndexSubEntry - Synchronizing remote control 334
375
IndexEntry - Electronic stability program (ESP) 260
375
IndexEntry - Emergency engine shut-down 334
375
IndexEntry - Emergency operation of sliding/pop-up roof 335
375
IndexEntry - Emergency tensioning retractor (ETR) 64
375
IndexEntry - Emergency unlocking in case of accident 34
375
IndexEntry - Engine oil consumption 129
375
IndexEntry - Engine oil level indicator 128
375
IndexEntry - Enlarged cargo area 207
375
IndexEntry - ENTRANCE POSITION - malfunction and warning messages 292
375
IndexEntry - Exterior lamp switch 130
375
IndexEntry - Daytime running lamp mode 132
375
IndexSubEntry - Daytime running lamp mode 132
375
IndexEntry - Exterior lamps 326
375
IndexEntry - Additional turn signals on the exterior mirror 330
375
IndexSubEntry - Additional turn signals on the exterior mirror 330
375
IndexSubEntry - Bulbs for high and low beam 328
375
IndexSubEntry - Headlamp assembly 327
375
IndexSubEntry - High mounted stop lamp 330
375
IndexSubEntry - License plate lamps 330
375
IndexSubEntry - Parking and standing lamp 328
375
IndexSubEntry - Replacing bulbs 326
375
IndexSubEntry - Taillamp assemblies 329
375
IndexSubEntry - Turn signal lamp 328
375
IndexEntry - Exterior mirror adjustment 81
375
IndexEntry - Exterior mirror, front passenger side, parking position 82
375
GroupTitle - F
375
IndexEntry - First aid kit 294
375
IndexEntry - Flexible service system (FSS) 125
375
IndexEntry - Front airbags 65
375
IndexEntry - Front center console storage compartment ventilation 158
375
IndexEntry - Front seat adjustment 42
375
IndexEntry - Fuel filler flap, manual release 335
375
IndexEntry - Fuel reserve warning 271
375
IndexEntry - Fuses 295
375
GroupTitle - G
376
IndexEntry - Garage door opener 212
376
IndexEntry - Glove box 194
376
GroupTitle - H
376
IndexEntry - Hazard warning flasher switch 137
376
IndexEntry - Head restraints
376
IndexEntry - Rear seat 52
376
IndexSubEntry - Rear seat 52
376
IndexEntry - Head restraints, front seats
376
IndexEntry - Removal and installation 47
376
IndexSubEntry - Removal and installation 47
376
IndexEntry - Headlamp cleaning system 133
376
IndexEntry - Headlamp mode 131
376
IndexEntry - Heated seats 50
376
GroupTitle - I
376
IndexEntry - Identification labels 349
376
IndexEntry - Individual settings 111
376
IndexEntry - \CONVENIENCE\ 121
376
IndexSubEntry - \CONVENIENCE\ 121
376
IndexSubEntry - \INSTRUMENT CLUSTER\ 113
376
IndexSubEntry - \LIGHTING\ 117
376
IndexSubEntry - \VEHICLE\ 119
376
IndexEntry - Infant and child restraint systems 73
376
IndexEntry - Child seat mounts 76
376
IndexSubEntry - Child seat mounts 76
376
IndexSubEntry - Installation 75
376
IndexEntry - Instrument cluster 88
376
IndexEntry - Instruments and controls 12
376
IndexEntry - Center console 18
376
IndexSubEntry - Center console 18
376
IndexSubEntry - Dashboard 16
376
IndexSubEntry - Door control panel 14
376
IndexSubEntry - Overhead control panel 15
376
IndexEntry - Interior 193
376
IndexEntry - Interior lighting 189
376
GroupTitle - J
376
IndexEntry - Jack 305
376
IndexEntry - Jump starting 318
376
GroupTitle - L
376
IndexEntry - Lighter 201
376
IndexEntry - Loading instructions (Vehicle with enlarged cargo area) 209
376
IndexEntry - Locator lighting 133
376
IndexEntry - Locking the vehicle with remote control 27
376
GroupTitle - M
377
IndexEntry - Maintenance 219
377
IndexEntry - Malfunction/warning message memory 109
377
IndexEntry - Manual seat 45, 48
377
IndexEntry - Manual transmission 233
377
IndexEntry - Memory function 85
377
IndexEntry - Mirror, exterior, parking position, front passenger side 82
377
IndexEntry - Multicontour seat 49
377
IndexEntry - Multifunction display 92
377
IndexEntry - Coolant temperature 96
377
IndexSubEntry - Coolant temperature 96
377
IndexSubEntry - Engine oil level indicator 96
377
IndexSubEntry - FSS 96
377
IndexSubEntry - Individual settings 111
377
IndexSubEntry - Tire inflation pressure monitor 96
377
IndexSubEntry - Trip and main odometer 96
377
IndexSubEntry - Vehicle speed 96
377
IndexEntry - Multifunction steering wheel 92
377
GroupTitle - N
377
IndexEntry - Navigation system 106
377
IndexEntry - Night security illumination 132
377
GroupTitle - O
377
IndexEntry - On-board diagnostic system 268
377
IndexEntry - Overhead control panel 15
377
GroupTitle - P
377
IndexEntry - Panic button 30
377
IndexEntry - Parcel net in front passenger footwell 202
377
IndexEntry - Parking brake 243
377
IndexEntry - Power windows 184
377
IndexEntry - Blocking of rear door window operation 186
377
IndexSubEntry - Blocking of rear door window operation 186
377
IndexSubEntry - Express opening and closing 185
377
IndexSubEntry - Opening and closing 29
377
IndexSubEntry - Synchronizing power windows 186
377
IndexEntry - Problems with your vehicle 8
377
IndexEntry - Product information 1
377
GroupTitle - R
377
IndexEntry - Rain sensor 135
377
IndexEntry - Rear passenger compartment adjustable air outlets 159
377
IndexEntry - Rear window defroster 157
377
IndexEntry - Rear window sunshade 191
377
IndexEntry - Removal and installation of front seat head restraints 47
378
IndexEntry - Replacement keys
378
IndexEntry - Obtaining 23
378
IndexSubEntry - Obtaining 23
378
IndexEntry - Replacing wiper blade insert 337
378
IndexEntry - Reporting Safety Defects 9
378
IndexEntry - REST 145, 156
378
IndexEntry - Roof rack 338
378
GroupTitle - S
378
IndexEntry - Seat belt nonusage warning system 56
378
IndexEntry - Seat belts 55
378
IndexEntry - Fastening 58
378
IndexSubEntry - Fastening 58
378
IndexSubEntry - Operation 59
378
IndexSubEntry - Unfastening 59
378
IndexSubEntry - Warning lamp 273
378
IndexEntry - Seat belts and integrated restraint system 55
378
IndexEntry - Seats
378
IndexEntry - Front seat adjustment 42
378
IndexSubEntry - Front seat adjustment 42
378
IndexSubEntry - Manual seat 45
378
IndexSubEntry - Power seat 43
378
IndexEntry - Setting the audio volume 123
378
IndexEntry - Side impact airbags 68
378
IndexEntry - Ski sack 202
378
IndexEntry - Sliding/pop-up roof 187
378
IndexEntry - Opening and closing 29
378
IndexSubEntry - Opening and closing 29
378
IndexSubEntry - Synchronizing 188
378
IndexEntry - Spare wheel 308
378
IndexEntry - Spare wheel, vehicle tools, storage compartment 304
378
IndexEntry - Split folding rear seat bench 207
378
IndexEntry - Standby bulb function 331
378
IndexEntry - Start lock-out 24
378
IndexEntry - Starter switch 230
378
IndexEntry - Starting and turning off the engine 232
378
IndexEntry - STEER. WHEEL ADJUST. - malfunction and warning messages 292
378
IndexEntry - Steering lock
378
IndexEntry - See starter switch 230
378
IndexSubEntry - See starter switch 230
378
IndexEntry - Steering wheel
378
IndexEntry - Easy-entry/exit feature 41
378
IndexSubEntry - Easy-entry/exit feature 41
378
IndexEntry - Steering wheel adjustment
378
IndexEntry - electrical 79
378
IndexSubEntry - electrical 79
378
IndexSubEntry - manual 77
378
IndexEntry - Storage compartments and armrests 193
378
IndexEntry - Storing mirror positions 81
378
IndexEntry - Storing seat positions 44
378
IndexEntry - Stowing things in the vehicle 294
378
IndexEntry - Sun visors 192
378
IndexEntry - Supplemental Restraint System (SRS) 63
378
GroupTitle - T
379
IndexEntry - Technical data 351
379
IndexEntry - Tele Aid 220
379
IndexEntry - Initiating an emergency call 222
379
IndexSubEntry - Initiating an emergency call 222
379
IndexEntry - Telephone 101
379
IndexEntry - Incoming call 105
379
IndexSubEntry - Incoming call 105
379
IndexSubEntry - Redialing 103
379
IndexSubEntry - Telephone book 101
379
IndexEntry - Telephone, general 211
379
IndexEntry - Telephones and two-way radios 218
379
IndexEntry - Telescoping steering column - malfunction and warning messages 292
379
IndexEntry - The first 1 000 miles (1 500 km) 219
379
IndexEntry - Tire inflation pressure 315
379
IndexEntry - Tow-away alarm 39
379
IndexEntry - Towing the vehicle 321
379
IndexEntry - Transmission selector lever, manually unlocking 325
379
IndexEntry - Trip computer 107
379
IndexEntry - Trunk 35
379
IndexEntry - Opening 28
379
IndexSubEntry - Opening 28
379
IndexSubEntry - Release switch 37
379
IndexEntry - Trunk lamp 331
379
GroupTitle - U
379
IndexEntry - Unlocking the vehicle with remote control 27
379
GroupTitle - V
379
IndexEntry - Vanity mirrors 192
379
IndexEntry - Vehicle keys 22
379
IndexEntry - Vehicle tools 304
379
GroupTitle - W
379
IndexEntry - What you should know at the gas station 264
379
IndexEntry - Wheels 306
379
IndexEntry - Where to find it 7
379
IndexEntry - Window curtain airbag 68
379
IndexEntry - Windshield washer system 302
379
IndexEntry - Wiper blade
379
IndexEntry - Replacing insert 337
379
IndexSubEntry - Replacing insert 337
379
Reference - Service and Literature
380
Title - Service and Literature
380
Bold - Service and Literature
380
Para - Your authorized Mercedes-Benz Center has trained technicians and original Mercedes-Benz pa...
380
Para - If your are interested in obtaining service literature for your vehicle, please contact yo...
380
Para - For further information you can find us on the Mercedes-Benz web-site
380
Para - We reserve the right to modify the technical details of the vehicle as given in the data a...
380
Para - Title\x11illustration\x11no.\x11P00.00-3006-26
380
Para - Press time 03/31/00 MBUSA/TI Printed in the U.S.A.
380
Jacket -
381
Meta -
381
Data -
381
Data -
381
Data -
381
FAQ about the 2001 Mercedes-Benz C Class Manual
What contains the 2001 C Class manual?
The Mercedes-Benz C Class owner's manual is a comprehensive guide provided by Mercedes-Benz to assist owners in understanding and operating their specific model of the Mercedes-Benz C Class. It contains important information about the vehicle's features, functions, and maintenance requirements. A general overview of what you might find in a Mercedes-Benz C Class 2001 owner's manual:
- Customer Assistance, with contact information for customer support
- A brief overview of the vehicle and specifications
- Technical Information, like engine specifications, tire sizes, and recommendations
- Fuel Information, with recommended fuel type and fuel tank capacity
- Environmental Information about environmentally-friendly driving practices
Where to download the 2001 Mercedes-Benz C Class Owners Manual?
The Mercedes-Benz C Class owner manual for the 2001 model year is to be found on this page.
Is the manual for the Mercedes-Benz C Class year 2001 free?
Yes, the owner manual for the model year 2001 is free, but the repair manuals are usually not easy to get and may cost more.
The Mercedes-Benz C Class (2001) owner's manual is available in English?
Yes, the owner's manual for the model year 2001 is available in English.
Posted by, John Mana
Manual Questions
Do you have questions about the 2001 Mercedes-Benz C Class owners manual?
Fill the form below and someone will help you!
Fill the form below and someone will help you!
